Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."


 Your Results - you searched for the keyword Basic Motivation 266 Results    

  Sort Results By:

1. Eschenroder, C. T. (2005). "Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing". In M. Linden & M. Hautzinger, Verhaltenstherapiemanual (5th ed.), (pp 163-167). Springer: Berlin Heidelberg. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-75740-5_31.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
"Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing“ (EMDR) ist die Bezeichnung für eine psychotherapeutische Methode, die von der amerikanischen Psychologin Francine Shapiro entwickelt wurde (Shapiro 1998). Das Grundprinzip von EMDR besteht darin, dass die Person sich auf eine traumatische Erinnerung und die damit verbundenen Gedanken und Körperempfindungen konzentriert, während gleichzeitig die Aufmerksamkeit auf einen äußeren Reiz gelenkt wird. Ursprünglich glaubte Shapiro, dass die Induktion von schnellen rhythmischen Augenbewegungen entscheidend für die Wirkung des Verfahrens sei; es zeigte sich aber, dass auch akustische oder taktile Stimulierungen eine ähnliche Wirkung haben. Dennoch wurde die Bezeichnung EMDR als "Markenname“ beibehalten.

"Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is the name of the psychotherapeutic method that was developed by American psychologist Francine Shapiro (Shapiro 1998). The basic principle of EMDR is that the person to a traumatic memory and the related thoughts and body sensations concentrated while the attention is directed to an external stimulus. Shapiro originally thought that the induction of rapid rhythmic eye movements essential for the effect of the procedure was, it turned out, however, that even acoustic or tactile stimuli have a similar effect have. Nevertheless, the term EMDR has been retained as a "brand name".

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


2. 陈维樑, 吴薇莉 [Chen Wei-Liang & Li Wu-Wei]. 2010年 第05期). 我所认识的EMDR陈维樑 [I know EMDR]. 西華大學學報(哲學社會科學版) 29卷5期 [West China University (Social Science Edition, 29(5))]. doi:cnki:sun:cdsf.0.2010-05-002 .

Language: Chinese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR是一种对治疗PTSD和其他创伤经历的心理治疗方法,这种方法的有效性得到了大量实证研究的支持。本文讨论了一些人们常问及的关于EMDR的基本问题,同时引用了一些案例和相关研究来帮助人们更好地理解和学习EMDR。

EMDR is the treatment of PTSD and other psychological treatment of traumatic experiences, the effectiveness of this approach are a lot of empirical research support. This article discusses some of the people often asked basic questions about EMDR, but cited a number of cases and related research to help people better understand and learn EMDR.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  Efficacy Studies  Information Processing of Adaptability  Study of Curative Effect  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


3. シャピロ、フランシーヌ [Shapiro, Francine]. (2004). 眼球運動脱感作と再処理:基本的な考え方、プロトコル、および手順 [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols, and procedures]. 大阪:Niheisha [Ōsaka: Niheisha].

Language: Japanese

Format: Book

Abstract:
"この雑誌は、この本の初版(1996年世#4頁99〜100)の主要な貢献として賞賛した。この新しい版は大幅に拡大され、更新された、反対の一部の研究者は、EMDRしなければならなかったことは多くを解決。結果は恐怖症の治療に有用な補助ステップバイステップの歴史的、理論的、実用的な導入され、心的外傷後ストレス障害を投稿してください。"-初版臨床老年学者称賛、"この実用的な本が重要であるの決定的なプレゼンテーションとしてEMDR法....臨床医は、その詳細な説明をお迎えいたします....いくつかの事例や五注釈転写物はきれいにし、メソッドの機微を示していますセラピストのクライアントは、ロールを中心に"-現代心理学は"書き込みは一般的には明らかである具体的な手順とサンプルのフレーズを説明するために典型的なケースのイラストでバランスのガイドラインは....利点の説明は特別な注意が、可能性のある副作用の説明で全体のバランスが期待されるセラピストによって使用されるように、困難な集団が発生したと手続きバリエーションは必要ありません。"- プライベート実践心理の"非常に数年間で、EMDRも進められている数多くの追加のアプリケーションとの(心的外傷後ストレス障害のための最も広く研究治療に奇妙な音新技術から成長してきた)....数最近のではなく、説得力のある研究が正当かつ強力な治療法としてEMDR確立している"-専門心理学-レビュー

"This journal praised the first edition of this book (1996 XVI #4, pp. 99-100) as a major contribution. This new edition is greatly expanded and updated, addressing many of the objections that some researchers have had to EMDR. The result is a step-by-step historical, theoretical, practical introduction to a useful adjunct for the treatment of phobia and post traumatic stress disorder."--Clinical Gerontologist PRAISE FOR THE FIRST EDITION "This pragmatic book is important as the definitive presentation of the EMDR method....Clinicians will welcome its detailed explanation....Several case examples and five annotated transcripts nicely illustrate subtleties in the method and the therapist's client-centered role."--Contemporary Psychology "The writing is clear with general guidelines balanced by exemplary case illustrations to illustrate specific procedures and sample phrases to be used by the therapist....The description of the benefits to be expected is balanced throughout by descriptions of the special precautions, possible side effects, difficult populations encountered and procedural variations needed."--Psychotherapy in Private Practice "In a very few years, EMDR has grown from a bizarre sounding new technique to the most extensively researched treatment for PTSD (with numerous additional applications also being pursued)....A number of recent, rather convincing studies have established EMDR as a legitimate and powerful treatment."--Professional Psychology -- Review

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


4. Wilson, S., Becker, L., & Tinker, R. H. (1995, June). 15-Month follow up of EMDR treatment for traumatic memory. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We previously reported on the outcomes of a controlled study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) effectiveness in the treatment of traumatic memory (Wilson, Tinker, & Becker, 1994; Wilson, Becker, & tinker, in press). In that study we found that three, 90-minute sessions of EMDR (Shapiro, 1995) "normalized the psychological functioning of the previously traumatized participants (g = 80) on all dependent measures. The present study is a 15-month follow up of those participants. I Method: The research design is shown in Table 1. Participants were randomly assigned to EMDR or to Delayed EMDR conditions. Pretreatment measurement occurred at measurement time TI. Participants in the EMDR condition received EMDR between T1 and T2; those in the Delayed EMDR condition received EMDR between T2 and T3. All participants were tested immediately following treatment and at 3 months following treatment (at T4). The 15 month, long-term follow up occurred at measurement time T5. An independent assessor collected all of the following dependent measures: Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale (SUDS; Wolpe, 1990), Impact of Events Scale (IES; Hmowitz, Wilner, & Alvarez, 1979), State/Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI; Spielberger, Gorsuch, Lushene, Vagg, & Jacobs, 1983), and the Symptom Checklist (SCL-90-R, Derogatis, 1992). [Table 1. The Research Design, Treatment Condition, Measurement Time: T1 T2 T3 T4 T5; EMDR Treatment: 01 x 02 03 04; Delayed EMDR Treatment 01 02 x 03 04 05; Note: T = Time of measurement; 0 = Observation; X = Treatment administered.] II. Results: Two analyses were performed to assess the impact of EMDR treatment at the 15-month follow up. First, in order to assess the overall, long-term impact of EMDR, the 15-month follow-up scores were compared with the pretreatment scores. There was significant improvement on all nine measures at the 15-month follow up: The multivariate effect was significant (Wilk's Lambda =.11, p<.0005) as were all nine of the univariate effects (all p <.0005). Second, in order to assess whether the improvement shown immediately following EMDR treatment had been maintained over the following year the immediate posttreatment scores were compared with, the 15-month follow-up scores. The multivariate test was nonsignificant (Wilk's lambda=.74, p=.079), indicating the improvement shown immediately following EMDR was maintained 15 months later. The univariate analyses indicated additional improvement for the PTSD symptoms of intrusions (IES Intrusion: F(1,56)=7.71, p=307) and avoidance (IES avoidance: F_(1,56) -4.44, p=.040). None of the nine measures showed deterioration at the 15-month follow up. Prior to EMDR treatment 45% (g= 9) of the responders had been diagnosed as PTSD, at the 15-month follow up only 7% (g = 4) were diagnosed as PTSD (chi-squareo, N=61)= .72, p < .05). III. Responders Versus Nonresponders at the 15-Month Follow up.: At the time of writing this abstract, 75% of the participants (g=61) have responded to the 15-month follow up. In general, measures taken prior to treatment did not differentiate responders fiom nonresponders. Responding at the 15-month follow up was unrelated to age, gender, marital status or years of education, although the annual income of the responders (Mdn=21,500) was higher than that of the nonresponders (Mdn = 14,750, Mann-Whitney U=372.5, p=.017). Responding or not at 15 months was unrelated to the type of trauma experienced, whether or not the participants had been in therapy prior to EMDR treatment, or how long ago the trauma had occurred. It was also unrelated to the severity of the trauma as measured by the pretreatment scores on the nine dependent variables and to whether or not the participant met the PTSD diagnosis criteria prior to treatment. A multiple regression analysis used the immediate posttreatment and 90-day posttreatment scores to predict whether or not the participant responded at the 15-month follow up. Nonrespondents were more likely to be depressed at 90-days following treatment than were respondents (R square=.O8, B=-.16, Beta = -.28, F_L1,71)=5.99, p=.017). No other variables entered into the regression model. IV Discussiona and Conclusion, Tretement effects found immediately following EMDR treatment wer maintained or improved 15 months later and thee was a significant decrease in the number of participants diagnosed as PTSD at the 15 month follow up. The comparison of responders to nonresponders at the 15 month follow up showed that the nonresponders were more depressed than the responders, raising the possiblity that the present results may be favorably biased to some extent. The discussion will include the additional, subjective impressions of participants who did not respond to the follow up. Limitations of EMDR with this population will be discussed, including the influence of comorbidity, multiple traumas, retraumatization after treatment, and spontaneous recurrence of symptoms. V. References: 1) Derogatis, L. R. (1992). SCL-90: Administration Scoring and Procedures Manual II. Baltimore: Clinical Psychometric Research. 2) Horowitz, M. J., Wilmer, N. & Alverez, W. (1979). Impact of Event Scale: A Measure of Subjective Distress. Psychosomatic Medicine, 41, 209-218. 3) Shapiro, F. (1995), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing: Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures. 4) Speilberger, C. D., Gorsuch, R. L., Lushene, R. D., Vagg, P. R., & Jacobs, G. A. (1983). Manual for the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, Palo Alto: Consulting Psychologists Press. 5) Wilson, S. A., Tinker, R. A., & Becker, L. A. (1994, November). Efficacy of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)Treatment for Trauma Victims. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL. 6) Wilson, S. A., Becker, L. A., & Tinker, R. A. (In press), EMDR, treatment for psychologically traumatized individuals, Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology.

Keywords: Follow-up  Traumatic Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


5. O'Shea, M. K. (2003, September). Accessing and repairing preverbal trauma/neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Numerous methods have attempted to repair distress remaining from very early trauma (especially adoption) or neglect, but most have been difficult, cumbersome, even traumatic. The presenter will describe and demonstrate a direct, simple, safe and incredibly effective EMDR extension, which is based on our current scientific knowledge of early brain development. Participants will (1) learn how to be able to adapt the Basic EMDR protocol when treating preverbal experiences with infants, children, adolescents and adults; (2) what language to use when accessing and repairing preverbal experiences: (3) be able to use "imaginative interweaves" to stimulate release of trapped energy and fully learn from the experience; (4) learn to use the 3 R's (Review, Release, Repair) to ensure that reprocessing of preverbal material is complete.

Keywords: Adoption  Neglect  Preverbal Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


6. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008, September). Advanced applications of EMDR in child psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation is for therapists who have learned the basic EMDR protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. The presentation is focused on teaching therapists to use EMDR with specific childhood diagnoses or presenting problems, including children who are gifted and children who present with symptoms consistent with ADHD, dissociation, anxiety, attachment disorders, and sexual reactivity. Therapists will also learn how to use EMDR with regulatory issues in children including sleep issues and toilet training, as well as with behavioral issues, such as school phobias within AIP Theory.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


7. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST):  Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.

Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training  Affect Tolerance  AMST  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


8. Sack, M. (2006). Aktuelle befunde zu wirkfaktoren der EMDR-behandlung [Recent findings on effective factors of EMDR treatment]. Sack Website.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Das EMDR-Behandlungsverfahren (EMDR= eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) wurde von der amerikanischen Psychologin Francine Shapiro entwickelt und seit 1989 als manualisiertes Therapieverfahren zur Behandlung von Patienten mit Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörungen (PTSD) und anderen traumabezogenen Symptomen eingesetzt. Die Grundvorgehensweise besteht darin, dass der Patient in der Sicherheit einer haltgebenden therapeutischen Beziehung eine Konfrontation mit seinen traumatischen Erinnerungen erlebt. Ziel der Traumabearbeitung ist die Integration von kognitiven, emotionalen und körperlichen Reaktionen auf das Trauma indem die Erinnerungen wiederbelebt, wahrgenommen und verarbeitet werden. Anders formuliert, wird die durch das Trauma induzierte Dissoziation wieder aufgehoben. Die in der traumatischen Situation unterbrochene Verbindung zwischen Wahrnehmungen, Gedanken, Emotionen und Körperreaktionen wird wieder hergestellt. Danach erfolgt eine Bearbeitung von dysfunktionalen Kognitionen, wie z.B. von Schuldgefühlen, die auf unrealistischen Einschätzungen der traumatischen Situation beruhen (Shapiro 1998). Abweichend von der klassischen verhaltenstherapeutischen Traumaexposition werden im EMDR die Traumaexpositionsphasen nur relativ kurz (30 – 90 sec) durchgeführt und durch bilaterale Stimulierung in Form von Augenbewegungen (der Hand des Therapeuten mit den Augen folgen) oder durch alternative Berührungsreize auf die linke und rechte Hand (sog. Tapping) oder durch alternativ dargebotene Töne ausgelöst.

The EMDR treatment process (EMDR = eye movement desensitization and Reprocessing) was developed by psychologist Francine Shapiro of the American developed and since 1989 as a manualized therapies for the treatment of Patients with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and other traumabezogenen symptoms used. The basic approach is that the patient in the safety of a therapeutic relationship haltgebenden a confrontation with traumatic memories experienced. The aim of the Trauma treatment is the integration of cognitive, emotional and physical Reactions to the trauma memories revived by the perceived and processed. In other words, is induced by the trauma Dissociation rescinded. The interrupted in the traumatic situation Link between perceptions, thoughts, emotions and Reaction of the body is restored. This is followed by a treatment of dysfunctional cognitions, e.g. feelings of guilt, based on unrealistic Assessments of the traumatic situation are based (Shapiro 1998). Notwithstanding are from the classical behavioral trauma exposure in EMDR the phases of trauma exposure is relatively short (30-90 sec) and conducted by bilateral stimulation in the form of eye movements (the hand of the therapist follow with the eyes) or by alternative tactile stimuli on the left and right hand (so-called tapping) or alternatively Helping sounds triggered.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


9. Swedish Council on Technology Assessment (2001, April). Alert: EMDR - Psychotherapy in posttraumatic stress syndrome in young people - early assessment briefs. Swedish Council on Technology Assessment in Health Care (SBU).

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Findings by SBU Alert, Version: 1,
METHOD AND TARGET GROUP: EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a new psychotherapeutic method aimed at processing memories of traumatic events, thereby ameliorating the psychological consequences of these memories. EMDR involves elements from several different psychological approaches. It is uncertain which of the treatment elements are effective. Clients with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are the main target group for EMDR treatment. Although both children and adults have been treated with EMDR, this document is aimed particularly at children and adolescents.
PATIENTS BENEFITS, RISKS AND SIDE EFFECTS: Published studies of EMDR mainly cover adults with PTSD. There are two randomized and controlled studies, one of which has yet to be published, of EMDR treatment in 47 children and adolescents. One of the studies suggests that EMDR yields a better treatment outcome in the short term compared to the control treatment (active listening). In the second study, no significant difference was found between EMDR treatment in combination with standard treatment and standard treatment alone as regards reduction in avoidance and invading thoughts. However, the PTSD symptom of behavioral disorders declined significantly in the EMDR group. Furthermore, numerous case studies suggest that EMDR has a positive treatment effect in children and adolescents with PTSD. No harmful effects have been reported.
ECONOMIC ASPECTS: There are no economic assessments of EMDR. Limited data suggest that fewer treatments are needed to achieve the desired outcome with EMDR compared to other psychotherapeutic methods. This suggests that EMDR is a potentially cost-effective method in relation to the alternatives, under the assumption that the effects of treatment are permanent.
CURRENT SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE: There is moderate* scientific evidence to show the benefits of EMDR treatment in children and adolescents. There is no* documentation concerning the cost-effectiveness or effects beyond 6 months. Since the scientific documentation is limited, the effects of EMDR treatment in both the short and long term should be compared in studies with other treatment alternatives, including standard treatment. Furthermore, the cost-effectiveness of the method should be studied under Swedish conditions. *This assessment by SBU Alert uses a 4-point scale to grade the quality and evidence of the scientific documentation. The grades indicate: (1) good, (2) moderate, (3) poor, or (4) no scientific evidence on the subject. This summary is based on a report prepared at SBU in collaboration with Kerstin Bergh Johannesson, Lic. Psychol., Akademiska Hospital, Uppsala and has been reviewed by Prof. Mats Fredriksson, Uppsala University, Uppsala.
REFERENCES: 1.) Cahill SP, Carrigan MH, Frueh BC. Does EMDR work? And if so, why? A critical review of controlled outcome and dismantling research. J Anxiety Disord 1999;13(1-2):5-33. 2.) Chemtob CM, Nakashima J, Hamada R, Carlson J. Brief treatment for elementary school children with disaster-related PTSD: a field study. J Clin Psychol, in press. 3.) Chemtob et al. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. In: Foa EB, Keane TM, Friedman MJ, eds. Effective treatments for PTSD. New York: Guilford, 2000. 4.) Devilly GJ, Spence SH. The relative efficacy and treatment distress of EMDR and a cognitive-behavior trauma treatment protocol in the amelioration of posttraumatic stress disorders. J Anxiety Disord 1999;13(1-2):131-57. 5.) Lovett J. Small Wonders: Healing childhood trauma with EMDR. New York: Free Press, 1999. 6.) Macklin ML, Metzger LJ, Lasko NB, Berry NJ, Orr SP, Pitman RK. Five-year follow-up study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy for combat-related post traumatic stress disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry 2000;41(1),24-27. 7.) Puffer MK, Greenwald R, Elrod DE. A treatment outcome study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with traumatized children and adolescents. Presented at the annual conference of the EMDR International Association, Denver, June 1996. 8.) Renfrey G, Spates CR. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A partial dismantling procedure. J Behav Ther Experiment Psychiatr 1994;25:231-239. 9.) Scheck MM, Schaeffer JA, Gilette CS. Brief psychological intervention with traumatized young women: The efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. J Trauma Stress 1998;11:25-44. 10.) Shapiro F. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols and procedures. New York: Guilford Press, 1995. 11.) Stallard P, Velleman R, Baldwin S. Prospective study of post-traumatic stress disorder in children involved in road traffic accidents. BMJ 1998;317:1619-1623. 12.) Soberman GB, Greenwald R, Rule DL. A controlled study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for boys with conduct problems. J Aggression Maltreatment Trauma, in press. 13.) Tinker RH, Wilson SA. Through the Eyes of a Child: EMDR with children. New York: Norton & Co, 1999. 14.) van der Kolk B. Biological response to psychic trauma. In: Wilson JP, Raphael B, eds. International Handbook of Traumatic Stress Syndromes. New York: Plenum Press, 1993:25-33. 15.) van der Kolk B, Burbridge J, Susuki J. The psychobiology of traumatic memory; clinical implications of neuroimagery studies. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 1997;821:99-113. 16.) van Etten M, Taylor S. Comparative efficacy of treatments for post-traumatic stress disorder: a meta-analysis. Clin Psychol Psychother 1998;5:126-144. 17.) Wilson SA, Becker LA, Tinker RH. Fifteen-month follow-up of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder and psychological trauma. J Consult Clin Psychol 1997;65(6):1047-1056. 18.) Wilson SA, Tinker RH, Hoff.
Alert is a joint effort by the Swedish Council on Technology Assessment in Health Care (SBU), the Medical Products Agency, the National Board of Health and Welfare, and the Federation of Swedish County Councils. The complete report is available in Swedish only.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Practice Guidelines  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


10. Yule, W. (2002). Alleviating the effects of war and displacement on children. Traumatology, 8(3), 160-180. doi:10.1177/153476560200800304.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The mental health of children is severely compromised by war and consequent displacement. Nations have a duty under various UN agreements to alleviate the effects of war on children’s mental health. This paper argues that fostering mental health in communities starts with re-establishing safety, basic health needs, education and recreation. School and other community leaders need education in recognising stress reactions and in providing basic first aid. Large-scale programmes need to be developed and validated for delivery following wars and disasters. Once such validated programme is described. Small group and individual work is also needed. As long as wars and disasters happen, so the international mental health community needs to prepare positively to meet the predictable, but usually unexpected needs.

Keywords: Displaced Children  Large Scale Intervention  Refugee Children  Traumatic Events  Traumatization  UNICEF  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


11. O'Shea, K. (2008, June). Anger, imagination and EMDR – what EMDR has taught us about the importance of anger and how to facilitate its safe release. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Jaak Panksepp’s text, Affective Neuroscience (1998), informs us of the vast amount of neurological data available to show that, like all mammals, anger is one of our basic affective circuits. Yet it is not identified as such in the diagnostic manual, at least here in the States. Only the destructive outcomes of angry behaviors are included. Guiding EMDR sessions over the past 17 years has given me the opportunity to observe the nondestructive release of anger as a protective response to harmful (traumatic) experiences. Imagination appears to provide us with an innate ability to acknowledge the degree of harm, and to experience, at a physical level, the capability to protect ourselves and others, if anything similar recurs. Following that release, I consistently see what I call “Compassion-with-Protection”, spontaneously expressed. Others call it “forgiveness”. Because of their experiences with destructive anger and our cultural avoidance of anger, clients often have difficulty allowing their angry feelings to be felt and released during EMDR work. Letting them know they have this capability can enable them to “just notice what happens” during trauma reprocessing. This workshop will address, via description and case examples, how EMDR has clarified the nature of anger. It will specify how EMDR clinicians can support their clients in releasing anger non-destructively (by clearing the anger circuit during Preparation, teaching them how the Imagination works - for self-use and during reprocessing, - and identifying the most efficient targeting sequences), so they can update their systems to their current level of capability and fully experience the “Compassion-with-Protection” that naturally follows.

Keywords: Anger  Imagination  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


12. Mestanza, R. (2007). Aplicación de terapia cognitivo conductual individual, grupal y EMDR, en adolescentes de 11 a 13 anos con altos nivelesde ansiedad del 8º ano de educación básica de la red educativia Helena Cortes Bedoya, en la ciudad de Quito, ano lectivo 2006-2007 [Application of individual and group cognitive behavioral EMDR therapy to 11 to 13 year old adolescents with high levels of anxiety in the 8th year of the Helena Cortes Bedoya educational network, City of Quito School Year 2006-2007]. Universidad Central Del Ecuador, Facultad de Ciencias Psicologicas, Instituto Superior de Postgrado, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
El presente trabajo de investigación tuvo como objetivo general, verificar si la Terapia Cognitivo-Conductual individual, grupal y EMDR disminuyen la ansiedad en adolescentes de 11 a 13 años del 8º año de Educación Básica de la Red Educativa Helena Cortes Bedoya, Sector Carapungo de la ciudad de Quito, en el año lectivo 2006-2007. Se tomó como referencia que la Terapia Cognitivo-Conductual , es el conjunto de técnicas terapéuticas que han resultado del empleo sistemático del método experimental en la Psicología y demás disciplinas afines, empleados con el propósito de modificar pensamientos y conductas desadaptativas . En tanto que EMDR consiste en la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por medio del Movimiento Ocular u otras estimulaciones bi-hemisféricas especialmente para trabajar sobre recuerdos traumáticos. La investigación a realizarse fue de tipo explicativo con diseño cuasi- experimental con un grupo de sujetos estimado del 30 al 50 % del total de la población de adolescentes evaluados con el test ISRA-J. Con ISRAJ (Inventario de Situaciones y Respuestas de Ansiedad – Jóvenes ) se evaluó a 70 estudiantes de 8º Año de Educación Básica obteniendo 14 con alto nivel de ansiedad, a los cuales se les invitó a participar en el taller “ Jóvenes en Aprendizaje” durante 12 sesiones. Al grupo se realizó la evaluación pre y post tratamiento, para verificar si la Terapia Cognitivo Conductual individual y en grupo + EMDR, son efectivos para bajar niveles de ansiedad y considerando el género saber que grupo fue beneficiado en mayor medida. Verificada su efectividad, el programa anteriormente señalado, se aplicará para bajar niveles de ansiedad a todos los adolescentes que luego de ser evaluados con el test ISRAJ obtenga un puntaje directo de 51 a 75, con indicación de tratamiento necesario y de 76 a 100 con necesidad de terapia urgente.

The present research aimed generally verify whether cognitive behavioral therapy individual, group and EMDR decrease anxiety in adolescents 11 to 13 years of Grade 8 Basic Education Educational Network Helena Cortes Bedoya, Sector Carapungo of Quito, in the academic year 2006-2007. The reference used was that cognitive behavioral therapy, is the set of therapeutic techniques that have resulted from the systematic use of the experimental method in psychology and other disciplines, employees with the aim of changing maladaptive thoughts and behaviors. While EMDR is Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement or other bi-hemispheric stimulation specifically to work on traumatic memories. The research was carried out explanatory type quasi-experimental design with a group of subjects estimated 30 to 50% of the total population of adolescents assessed with the ISRA-J test. With ISRAJ (Inventory of Situations and Responses of Anxiety - Young) was assessed 70 students from Year 8 Basic Education getting 14 with high anxiety, to which were invited to participate in the workshop "Young People in Learning" for 12 sessions. The group evaluation was performed before and after treatment, to verify if the individual and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy + EMDR group, are effective in lowering anxiety levels and considering the genre know that group was benefited most. Verified its effectiveness, the program noted above will apply to lower levels of anxiety to all adolescents be evaluated after the test will score ISRAJ live 51 to 75, indicating the necessary treatment and from 76 to 100 with need Urgent therapy.

Keywords: Adolescents  Helena Cortes Bedoya Educational Network  Group Behavioral Therapy  Quito  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


13. Cummings, P. (2003, September). The attachment repair model (ARM). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Attachment Repair Model (ARM) is a loose and imaginal clinical structure to identify, activate, repair, and purge the negative experiences to one's neurological functioning. The importance of ego repair via integrative interventions takes priority over the purging of traumatic events. This presentation offers a paradigm shift in therapeutic goal setting from purging and desensitization of traumatic events to the integration of ego states. Within thc ARM, The Positive Parts and Hurting Parts (PP-HP) Meetings Protocol is an infrastructure of the ARM with sensory extension protocols to the basic EMDR Protocol. The established ethos within clinical practice to first purge negative emotion associated with trauma is upheld by the ARM, but as a second order priority. Participants will be challenged to think about their role as healers.

Keywords: ARM  Attachment Repair Model  Positive Parts and Hurting Parts (PP-HP) Meetings Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


14. Cummings, P. (2004, September). The attachment repair model (ARM) – One year later. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Attachment Repair Model (ARM) is one comprehensive fix after all else fails within the basic EMDR Model. The importance of neurological functioning, at an ego state level, must be repaired before the processing of traumatic event work is sustainable. Within various descriptions of the ARM, the basic EMDR protocol is expanded into a secondary goal of sustained neurological integration at a traumatic event(s) level. Learning about the ARM will peek a therapist’s thinking about their larger role as an emotionally attuned healer versus the more established role of facilitator of trapped life experience(s).

Keywords: Attachment Repair Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


15. Parnell, L. (2012). Attachment-focused EMDR a client-centered therapy for healing childhood trauma and neglect. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Dr. Parnell presents the five basic principles of Attachment-Focused EMDR and how they are implemented in the treatment of traumatized clients with attachment wounds"--Container

Keywords: Attachment  Container  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


16. Gierasch, M., Greenwald, R., Shapiro, R., & Schubbe, O. (2005, September). Becoming an EMDRIA-approved trainer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Four EMDRlA Approved Providers of basic EMDR training, Molly Gierasch, Ricky Greenwald, Robin Shapiro and Oliver Schubbe, will speak about their unique experience of becoming trainers and their particular approach, including training settings and trainee populations, in teaching EMDR. The panel will address the present EMDRlA process and criteria for potential Approved Providers of basic EMDR training and the networking, sharing of resources, and support that has evolved over the last few years for all EMDRlA Approved Providers of basic EMDR training.

Keywords: Approved Providers  Trainer  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


17. Kaplan, S., Wolper, B., Knipe, J., Gierasch, M., & Preston, J. (2006, September). Becoming an EMDRIA approved trainer. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The members of this panel will speak about their unique experiences in becoming Trainers of basic EMDR and their approaches to teaching basic EMDR to particular populations in particular settings: EMDR-HAP training, independent training, Medical University and University Graduate School settings, and the challenges and rewards of training. The panel will address the process and requirements for becoming an EMDRIA Approved Trainer and will describe the networking, sharing of resources, and support that are available for new, as well as for all, EMDRIA Approved Trainers.

Keywords: Approved Trainer  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


18. Zdravkovic, J. (1994). Behavioural-cognitive therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder. Psihijatrija Danas, 26(2-3), 129-146.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The basic theoretical postulations on PTSD are given in the first part of the work. Hypotheses are given on PTSD as being a kind of conditioned emotional reaction to trauma and, possibly, an illness that has disturbed REM sleep mechanism at its roots. The second part describes behavioural and cognitive techniques that have been proven empirically to be successful in the treatment and the prevention of this disorder. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Behavior Therapy  Cognitive Therapy  Epidemiology  Etiology  Nosology  Psychophysiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Relaxation Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: No


19. Maxwell, E. (1994). Beyond deficiency motivation:  EMDR, peak experiences, and transcendence. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
When I initially heard of EMDR, I was totally uninterested. I was happy with my repertoire of skills and simply could not be bothered. However, the reports of colleagues who had the training were so exceptional I thought it was time to have a look. I still was not prepared to waste my precious hours on a training, and my way around this was to experience EMDR myself. I had genuine difficulties isolating a problem since I was at a particularly fulfilling stage of my life; however, I finally settled on a minor irritation that I was having with one of my clients. That session, plus two others, moved me very rapidly to a decision to move into private practice, to implementing that decision, and to currently experiencing a life of ease, gentle pacing, and tranquility that I had no previous vision of being possible. In fact, there has been a total life style transformation. I now work only three days a week, have time to follow the joyous explorations of my toddler for hours, am writing a novel, and am experiencing considerable relaxation of the Puritan work ethic. The starting point had been a life style I had previously perceived as fulfilling and perfectly for me.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


20. Leuenberger, R. (2007, November). Beziehungen zwischen dem modell der ersten personal-existentiellen grundmotivation in der existenzanalyse und der EMDR-methode [Relationships between the model of the first personal-existential basic motivation in the existence and analysis of the EMDR method]. Alfried Längle, Internationale Gesellschaft für Logotherapie und Existenzanalyse, Wien, Austria.

Language: German

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
In dieser Arbeit soll gezeigt werden, dass aufgrund der während vier Jahren in einer ärztlichen Grundversorgerpraxis mit der EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprozessing)- Methode gesammelten Erfahrungen zur Behandlung psychisch traumatisierter Patienten mit einem PTBS (posttraumatische Belastungsstörung)) über die gängigen, zum Teil hypothetischen neurobiologischen Erklärungsversuche hinaus, die Existenzanalyse sehr viel zum psychologischen wie auch philosophischen Verständnis dieser Methode beitragen kann. Aus den verbalen Äusserungen der Patienten vor, während und nach der Behandlung kann geschlossen werden, dass von den betroffenen Defiziten der vier Grundmotivationen der Existenzanalyse die der ersten Grundmotivation am meisten Bedeutung haben. Anhand von 23 Krankengeschichten werden die Wirkfaktoren der EMDR-Methode mit den Begriffen der ersten Grundmotivation existenzanalytisch verstehbar.

In this work we will show that during the due four years in a primary care medical practice with EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprozessing) - Method for treating mental experience traumatized patients with PTSD (post traumatic Stress disorder)) on the common, partly hypothetical neurobiological explanations addition, the Existential analysis very much a psychological as well as philosophical May contribute to understanding this method. from the verbal expressions of patients before, during and after treatment may be concluded that by affected the deficits of the four basic motivations of Analysis, the existence of the first basic motivation most Meaning. Be the basis of 23 case histories the impact factors of EMDR with the terms the first basic existential analytical understandable motivation.

Keywords: Basic Motivation  Existenital Analysis Method  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


21. Brisch, K.-H. (2012). Bindung und EMDR: Grundlagen für die therapeutische bindungsbeziehung und die behandlung von bindungstraumatisierungen [Binding and EMDR: Basic principles for the therapeutic relationship and the bond treating attachment traumas]. Präsentation auf EMDRIA Tag, Köln, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bindung und EMDR III: Prozessieren von Affekten • EMDR Protokoll – Aufrechterhaltung der Beziehung beim EMDR – Therapeut sagt beim Prozessieren mit EMDR • „ja, gut so, hm, oh ja, ich bin da, bleiben sie dabei,….. – Pause zwischen Sets • Reorientierung und Einweben von Sicherheit – Ich bin hier bei Ihnen – Sie sind in Sicherheit [Auszug]

Binding and EMDR III: Processing of emotions • EMDR protocol - Maintaining the relationship with EMDR - Therapist says when processing with EMDR • "Yes, that's good, huh, oh yeah, I'm there, they remain going ..... - Break between sets • Reorientation and weaving in security - I'm here with you - You're safe [Excerpt]

Keywords: Attachment Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


22. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


23. Royle, L. (2012, October). The challenges of integrating EMDR basic training into the context of your own practice. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop will look at common challenges faced by therapists when beginning the task of integrating EMDR basic training into their existing practice and skills. It will discuss how therapists often react to this challenge (including ‘giving up’ and ‘protocol drift’) and offer suggestions on how to overcome this. The specific difficulties encountered by those with different theoretical backgrounds will be highlighted. This workshop is aimed at novice EMDR therapists who may be feeling apprehensive about applying their new skills.

Keywords: Practice  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


24. Falaschi, R., & Tizzani, E. (2001, October). Changes in electroencephalographic quantitative analysis in patients treated with EMDR. In International CIANS Conference (CIANS: Collegium Internationale Activitatis Nervosae Superioris; International Association for Integrative Nervous Functions, Neurobiology of behaviour and Psychosomatics), (p 159) Palermo.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR’s basic working theory assumes that traumatic memories remain unprocessed because the innate information processing system is stuck by the psychophysiological effects of trauma. Traumatic events are stored in their original form, and the recall of traumatic memories causes a high level of disturbance.
Left-right rhythmic stimulations of EMDR seem to remove the block in the traumatic memories processing and help memories storing mechanism function at an adaptive level. In recent years, many scientific researches have focused on the opportunity to assess the functional connection between different brain areas through quantitative analysis of EEG.
According to the aim of this presentation, our attention was drawn to the correlation between slow bands (4- 7 Hz) and the activity in the sub-cortical areas involved in working memory and, also, high frequency ranges (> 36 Hz) and cortical activities during sensorial stimuli processing. There are a few quantitative EEG studies on patients with PTSD. The EEG analysis of subject with childhood abuse histories revealed less synchronization in the two hemispheres functioning compared to normal control subjects.
EEG quantitative analysis in abused children showed a higher intra-hemispheric left coherence and a lower intra-hemispheric right coherence in comparison with normal control subjects. According to these results, the aim of this presentation is to test if there are recordable changes in the intra and inter hemispheric synchronization between brain areas where information processing occurs (limbic system, prefrontal cortical area, and posterior cortical areas) in patients with PTSD after EMDR treatment.

Keywords: EEG  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


25. Lazrove, S. (1997, June). Clinical notes. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(4), 10-12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
During EMDR trainings, trainers make clear that EMDR is not a “cookie-cutter,” in the sense of being a rote technique. It is expected that with practice, clinicians will personalize the method according to their own needs and experiences. However, it can be difficult at times to determine whether one is adapting EMDR to meet one’s needs, or in unwittingly violating basic principles. The following is the first in a series of articles illustrating how senior EMDR clinicians have personalized EMDR.

Keywords: Personalized EMDR  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


26. Grygo, M. (2008). A clinical trial of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy with conduct disordered adolescent boys. University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba Canada. AAT NR35998.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Conduct disorder and other disruptive behaviours represent the most common form of child and adolescent psychopathology referred for treatment by parents and teachers. A number of studies conducted in university research centers have demonstrated meaningful treatment gains especially with preadolescents with conduct disorder. However, studies conducted with older adolescents, especially those with comorbid disorders, as well as studies conducted in community-based clinic settings have been mostly unsuccessful. With a few exceptions, the extant treatments have not made any special effort to address effects of traumatic experiences that research has demonstrated to be very prevalent among conduct disordered children and adolescents. Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) therapy developed by Ricky Greenwald (2002a) has shown promising results in his open trial study. MASTR is a complex treatment approach which addresses several key areas crucial in treating adolescents with conduct disorder: development/enhancement of motivation for treatment, development/enhancement of anger management and problem solving skills, and treatment of past trauma effects. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of MASTR therapy with 10 adolescent boys with conduct disorder placed in a residential treatment facility. This study combined single subject and qualitative research methodologies to offer a detailed look into the implementation and evaluation of MASTR therapy in a residential treatment centre. Foremost, this study demonstrates the formidable problems of conducting treatment research with this population in this kind of setting. Results suggested that, when it can be sufficiently implemented, MASTR therapy may be an effective treatment method producing some meaningful changes in behaviour for some severely disturbed adolescents with conduct problem. The study also demonstrated that EMDR may be an effective treatment for reducing emotional distress associated with past trauma in adolescents with conduct disorder. Factors associated with the limited success of this treatment study are identified and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 69(1-A), 2008, pp. 109.

Keywords: Adolescent Boys  Clinical Trial  Conduct Disorder  Empirical Study  MASTR  Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution Therapy  Quantitative Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


27. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Neurobiological Basis of Behavior  Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


28. Lindsay, J. (1999, June). A cognitive neural network – Levels of processing:  Approach to understanding EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) have a basic understanding of the theory presented as it pertain to mental modules/nodes; 2) have a basic understanding of the levels of processlng portions of the theory (i.e., bottom-up and top-down processing, and sensory, perceptual, conceptual analyzers); and 3) be able to apply the theory to a practical explanation of how EMDR works.

Keywords: Neural Network  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


29. Vienot, R. C. (1999, June). A comparison of EMDR and biofeedback/stress inoculation training in treating test anxiety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to identify issues and problems in treating test anxiety; 2) be able to identify the basic components of both the EMDR and biofeedback/stress inoculation training protocols used in this study; 3) learn the EMDR protocol used in treating test anxiety; 4) learn how EMDR, biofeedback/stress inoculation training, and a no-treatment group compare in treatment effect size on six dependent variables; and 5) learn how EMDR, biofeedback/stress inoculation trainlng and a no-treatment group compare in clinical significance on five dependent variables.

Keywords: Biofeeback  Stress Inoculation  Test Anxiety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


30. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


31. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


32. Greenwald, R. (1999, June). A crisis response approach for suicidal teens. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In my current position as a clinical psychologist based on a hlgh school campus, I often have occasion to meet with adolescents who are suicidal, some having recently made suicidal gestures. Despite the complexity and variety of presenting issues, there is a set of more or less standardized steps to follow to ensure safety as well as appropriate follow-up. In this paper I present a case to illustrate how I have integrated EMDR. This approach to teen suicidality uses several elements of the motivation - anger - trauma therapy (MATT) approach for teens with conduct disorder, which has been described in detail elsewhere (Greenwald 1998, 1999, in press). In addition to the standard crisis interventions - letting the client talk out the problem, contracting for safety, implementing supports and restrictions as needed, and arranging follow-up - I have been using EMDR in various ways to enhance present safety as well as subsequent resiliency. For example: the Choices Have Consequences intervention (cited above, described below) helps the client to realize that self-harm leads to a poor outcome despite its initial appeal; the standard use of EMDR can help to reduce vulnerability to the type of stressor which led to the current crisis; and the Future Movies intervention (also cited above and described below) helps to create a more hopeful long-term perspective while enhancing coping skills.

Keywords: Adolescents  Poster  Suicide  Teens  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


33. Maxfield, L. (2007). Current status and future directions for EMDR research. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 6-14. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.6.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This review provides the groundwork for a basic understanding of articles written about eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), including a brief overview of theory and practice. It documents EMDR's established efficacy in the treatment of PTSD and specifies specific subsets of this population in need of further investigation. The article also provides a review of recent studies evaluating a range of EMDR's clinical applications and outlines new directions for research investigations and for developments in clinical practice. It concludes with an overview of current research evaluating pre- and post-neurobiological changes, and mechanisms of action. Specific recommendations for future areas of investigations are outlined, and rigorous evaluation is strongly encouraged. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Efficacy  Information Processing  Literature Review  Mechanism of Action  Research Needs  Review  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


34. van der Kolk, B. A., & Stickgold, R. (1998, July). Current understanding of the psychobiology of trauma. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will have basic knowledge about 1) the variety of psychophysiological responses to trauma; 2) current status of our knowledge about how the shutting off of the trauma response is mediated on hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, and the abnormalities of this biological system in PTSD; 3) basic understanding about the functions of different parts of the brain, in particular, the structure; and 4) explorations into possible modes of action of EMDR.

Keywords: Plenary  Psychobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


35. Zangwill, W. M. (1997, July). The dance of the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: S
hapiro has often stated that the basic EMDR protocols will work with many clients roughly 30% to 50% of the time. The rest of the time, clinicians have to "jump start" the process. One of the most effective tools to do this is the cognitive interweave. Yet, it is also one of the least understood and used. While the Level Two trainings have recently increased their emphasis on the use of the interweave, many clinicians still feel uncomfortable with both the concept and implementation of the cognitive interweave.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


36. Cornil, L. (2013, April). De kracht van het NU in EMDR [The power of NOW in EMDR]. Presentatie op Het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Deze uiteenzetting brengt een theoretisch-filosofische kijk op het tijdsconcept in EMDR. Sinds het prille begin speelt het tijdsconcept een centrale rol in de EMDR benadering. Aan de basis van het AIP model ligt het idee dat geheugennetwerken vervrozen zijn in de tijd (Shapiro 1995). De informatie is op een disfunctionele manier gestockeerd in het vervrozen nu en kan op elk moment worden getriggerd. In EMDR hebben patiënten (en therapeuten) het moeilijk om het NU van de negatieve cognitie te pakken te krijgen. Patiënten begrijpen niet wat gevraagd wordt en raken verward wanneer therapeuten vragen wat ze nu over zichzelf denken als ze denken aan toen. In de EMDR basistraining wordt aangegeven dat het vinden van een adequate negatieve cognitie een moeilijk deel is van het EMDR protocol, maar wel een noodzakelijk deel. Het NU is wat op dit moment gebeurt. Er is geen verleden, enkel de huidige perceptie van het verleden. Net zoals er geen toekomst is, enkele de huidige perceptie van mogelijkheden. Het heden is datgene waarmee men zich identificeert: wat je ziet, geloof je: wat je op een gegeven moment gewaarwordt, wordt de realiteit van het NU. Wanneer de patiënt getriggerd wordt in de perceptie van het kind, wordt de patiënt het kind en de tijdsperceptie wijzigt. Het punt dat in deze uiteenzetting naar voor wordt gebracht, is dat verandering ontstaat wanneer de patiënt stopt met zich te vereenzelvigen met het verleden dat daardoor het NU wordt. In EMDR wordt de patiënt door de therapeut uitgenodigd om dingen te laten gebeuren en te merken wat er verandert. Tijd heeft beweging nodig om te bestaan: de wijzers van de klok, de zon in de lucht, de rimpels die verschijnen op de huid verwijzen allemaal naar tijd. In plaats van de pijnlijke informatie op een afstand te proberen houden, die zich bevindt in de niet-tijd zonder beweging, wordt de patiënt juist uitgenodigd om de beweging te observeren die kan ontstaan door de positie van de dubbele aandacht in te nemen: één voet in de reële tijd en één voet in de niet-tijd. We zullen linken met mindfullness aangeven.

This statement brings a theoretical-philosophical perspective on the concept of time in EMDR. Since the very beginning the concept of time plays a central role in the EMDR approach. At the base of the AIP model is the idea that in the memory networks vervrozen time (Shapiro, 1995). The information is stored in a dysfunctional way vervrozen now and can be triggered at any time. In EMDR, patients (and therapists) is difficult to the NOW of the negative cognition to catch. Patients do not understand what is required and get confused when therapists ask what they think about themselves when they think of when. In the EMDR basic training indicated that finding an adequate negative cognition is a difficult part of the EMDR protocol, but a necessary part. The NOW is what is currently happening. There is no past, only the current perception of the past. Just as there is no future, some of the current perception of opportunities. The present is that with which one identifies: what you see, you believe what you become aware at any given time, the reality of the NOW. When the patient is triggered in the perception of the child, the patient is a child and time perception changes. The point in this discussion forward is brought, is that change occurs when the patient stops to identify with the past that result it is NOW. In EMDR, the patient by the therapist invited to make things happen and to notice what is changing. Time needs movement to exist: the clockwise direction, the sun in the sky, the wrinkles that appear on the skin all refer to time. In place of the painful information try to keep at a distance, which is located in the non-time without movement, the patient is invited to precisely observing the movement which may be caused by the position of the double attention to take: a foot in real time, and a foot in the non-time. We will link with mindfulness state.

Keywords: Present Focus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


37. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


38. Leuenberger, R. (2008). Die EMDR - Methode und ihr bezug zurbersten grundmotivation [EMDR - the method and its relation to basic motivation]. Existenzanalyse, 25(1), 44-53.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In dieser Arbeit soll gezeigt werden, dass aufgrund der während vier Jahren in einer ärztlichen Grundversorgerpraxis mit der EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprozessing)-Methode gesammelten Erfahrungen zur Behandlung psychisch traumatisierter Patienten mit einer PTBS (posttraumatische Belastungsstörung) über die gängigen, zum Teil hypothetischen neurobiologischen Erklärungsversuche hinaus, die Existenzanalyse sehr viel zum psychologischen wie auch philosophischen Verständnis dieser Methode beitragen kann. Aus den verbalen Äusserungen der Patienten vor, während und nach der Behandlung kann geschlossen werden, dass von den betroffenen Defiziten der vier Grundmotivationen der Existenzanalyse die der ersten Grundmotivation am meisten Bedeutung haben. Anhand von 23 Krankengeschichten werden die Wirkfaktoren der EMDR-Methode mit den Begriffen der ersten Grundmotivation existenzanalytisch verstehbar.

This thesis should demonstrate that existential analysis can make a substantial contribution to the psychological as well as philosophical understanding of the EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprozessing) method of treating mentally traumatized patients with a PTSD (Posttraumatic Stress Disorder), and thus extends beyond the common, and to some degree hypothetical, neurobiological attempts at explaining this method. The study is based on the experiences collected over a period of four years in the practice of a general practitioner who used the EMDR method in the treatment of patients suffering from PTSD. According to the verbal statements of patients made before, during and after treatment, it can be concluded that of the relevant deficiencies in the areas of the four fundamental motivations of existential analysis, those having to do with the first fundamental motivation bear the most significance. On the basis of 23 medical histories the effective factors of the EMDR method will become understandable from an existential-analytic point of view by using the concepts of the first fundamental motivation.

Keywords: Existential Analysis: Fundamental Motivation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


39. [Yoshinori Fukui]. (2009, May). Discussion on the use of the dissociative experiences scale (DES): Frequency of dissociative experinces among adolescents. EMDR研究1(1)、12月23日 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 12-23].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This research aims to look at the frequency of dissociative experiences among adolescent population, and collect basic data. Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) was administered to 816 university students. The results on each item were analyzed and they were very similar to those of previous studies. I-T correlation and G-P analyses results indicate that discriminate power for each item is at best when cut-off of 25 or less is applied. Since the data was not distributed normally, test for median was performed and the same result was obtained. On top of that, to secure the normal distribution of the data, square root transformation was undertaken before the two analyses were performed. The results suggest that on G-P analysis, in order to increase discriminate power, the cut-off needs to be less than 16. However, when false negative and positive were taken into consideration, it was off from practical use. And when compared with other researches, it became apparent that depending on the context of measurers used with DES, there is a possibility of subjecrs being biased. Also it was suggested that items on DES are useful in screening DID but they are not measuring the overall spectrum of dissociative disorder.

Keywords: Adolescence  DES  Dissociative Experience  Dissociative Experiences Scale  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


40. van der Hart, O., Nijenhuis, E. R. S., & Solomon, R. (2010). Dissociation of the personality in complex trauma-related disorders and EMDR: Theoretical considerations. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(2), 76-92. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.4.2.76.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
As eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been increasingly applied in complex trauma-related disorders, including complex dissociative disorders, and trauma-related borderline personality disorder, EMDR practice may benefit from theories developed to account for the dissociative nature of these disorders, such as the theory of structural dissociation of the personality (TSDP). TSDP postulates that the personality of traumatized individuals is unduly divided in two basic types of dissociative subsystems or parts. One type involves dissociative parts primarily mediated by daily life action systems or motivational systems. The other type involves dissociative parts, fixated in traumatic memories, primarily mediated by the defense action system. The more severe and chronic the traumatization, the more dissociative parts can be expected to exist. This article presents the basics of TSDP, and a second article will provide guidelines for the treatment of complex trauma-related disorders based on this theory.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociation  Dissociation of the Personality  Dissociative Disorders  Integration  Ohase-Oriented Treatment  Structural Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


41. van der Hart, O. (2007). Dissociation: The key to understanding and treating traumitization. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A precise understanding of trauma-related dissociation is essential for clinical practice, including the use of EMDR with traumatized patients. The existence of many conflicting and vague definitions of dissociation that include a mixture of constructs has obscured understanding of the nature of dissociation. Thus, it is viewed alternately as a process, a structure, a defense mechanism, a deficit, and as various symptoms. Most contemporary clinicians and researchers working with traumatized people have lost a connection with the unifying and comprehensive theory of trauma-related dissociation already outlined over the course of the history of psychiatry. Thus, a return to the original major studies on trauma-related dissociation is essential in clarifying the concept of dissociation, in reconciling it with contemporary science, and in realizing its importance in treatment. The works of two Masters will be used to highlight this basic concept: Pierre Janet (1859-1947) and Charles Myers (1873-1947). The theory of structural dissociation of the personality integrates their original views on dissociation with modern findings from clinical practice and research and developments in the neurosciences. It emphasizes that the personality system of the trauma survivor becomes structurally divided into two or more self-conscious psychobiological subsystems. Some of these subsystems, which we have called “dissociative parts of the personality”, are engaged in daily living and avoidance of traumatic memories, other parts are fixated in traumatic experiences and essentially engaged in animal defensive actions toward perceived danger. More severe chronic traumatization leads to more complex structural dissociation, and thus to more complex trauma-related disorders. Although short-term, intensive treatments such as prolonged exposure and EMDR are appropriate for simple trauma-related disorders, a phase-oriented treatment is the standard of care formore complex disorders. Regardless of treatment modalities employed, be it EMDR or other approaches, therapists need to be skilled in the recognition of symptoms of dissociation and in special treatment approaches that support personality integration among dissociative parts, particularly in working with traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissociation  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


42. Muret, M. (2010, April). Dissociative vs. associative techniques to treat dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the past two decades, various effective techniques have been developed for the treatment of trauma: EMDR, EMI, EFT, OEI, NLP, SE, etc. These different techniques inevitably raise the question: “Which techniques should be used for which patients? “ Because dissociative disordered patients may react to trauma work with dissociative detachment, a "low impact" technique is needed. Thus, therapeutic approaches that employ a certain degree of dissociative distancing seem to be well-suited to dissociative patients. Richard Bandler (NLP) and, more recently, Cary Craig (EFT) have developed calm, nondramatic ways to address trauma and solve problems. EMDR, a more associative method, seems better suited to stable patients who possess good resources. This workshop will present a continuum that locates techniques along a scale of increasing degrees of confrontation. Special attention will be given to EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), an easy-to-learn method. Techniques for reinforcing the Somatic Self during EMDR sessions will be explained. The second part of this workshop will present a conceptualization for these techniques, based on the works of Stephen Porges, Ellert Nijenhuis and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi (Flow Theory).
Learning Outcomes The attendee will learn to consider the danger(retraumatization) of an intervention. According to the kind of patient and situation, he will be better able to choose the best available technique. For newcomers a basic methode of EFT will be taught, that can be later used in simple cases. Through a "participative" teaching the attendee will understand and integrate difficult abstracts concepts like: polyvagal model, structural dissociation, mental tension, ...

Keywords: Associative Techniques  Dissociation  Dissociative Technqiues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


43. Wilensky, M. (2009, May). The drifters: The basic protocol and target sequencing. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Over time we all succumb to Protocol Drift. This workshop will bring us back to the Basic Protocol with practice in following the Three Pronged Approach to a Target: Past Present Future. There will be a brief lecture and demonstration, followed by a facilitated practicum.

Keywords: Basic Protocol  Protocol  Targeting Sequencing  Touchstone Event  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


44. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Learning Objectives: • Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders • List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective connection to. • List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. • Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves. • Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.

Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement • Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le plan affectif. • Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une ressource. • Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant. • Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit affectivement

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Morphing  Resource Figures  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


45. Manfield, P. (2011, August). Dyadic resourcing: EMDR with difficult clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.

Keywords: Difficult Clients  Dyadic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


46. Quinn, G. (2010, July). Early interventions. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Program’s (HAP) Disaster Manual and Marilyn Luber’s : EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations.(2009) was developed to deal with victims of natural and man made disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented as utilized in the Tsunami of 2004 and during war. A practicum will follow.

Keywords: Early Interventions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


47. Becker, L. (2000). Effect size. Lee Becker, Ph.D..

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Effect size (ES) is a name given to a family of indices that measure the magnitude of a treatment effect. Unlike significance tests, these indices are independent of sample size. ES measures are the common currency of meta-analysis studies that summarize the findings from a specific area of research. See, for example, the influential metaanalysis of psychological, educational, and behavioral treatments by Lipsey and Wilson (1993). There is a wide array of formulas used to measure ES. For the occasional reader of meta-analysis studies, like myself, this diversity can be confusing. One of my objectives in putting together this set of lecture notes was to organize and summarize the various measures of ES. In general, ES can be measured in two ways: a) as the standardized difference between two means, or b) as the correlation between the independent variable classification and the individual scores on the dependent variable. This correlation is called the "effect size correlation" (Rosnow & Rosenthal, 1996). These notes begin with the presentation of the basic ES measures for studies with two independent groups. The issues involved when assessing ES for two dependent groups are then described.
The psychotherapies include: behavioral treatments (primarily different forms of exposure therapies), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), relaxation therapy, hypnosis, and psychodynamic therapy. The control conditions include: pill placebo (used in the drug treatment studies), wait list controls, supportive psychotherapy, and no saccades (a control for eye movements in EMDR studies).

Keywords: Effect Size  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


48. Manfield, P. (2005, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Based an a relatively simple protocol for finding targets specific to the partners' issues, this approach is especially effective with couples who tend to want to spend sessions complaining about each other and recounting the conflicts of the past week. Equal time will be devoted to identifying targets and then developing them using the basic principles of Ahsen's Eidetic Psychotherapy and a modified version of Walkins' "affect bridge." Methods will be taught to overcome resistance and difficulties clients have with accessing memories. Through case transcripts and participation exercises, the basics of this protocol will be explained and demonstrated.

Keywords: Couples  Couples Therapy  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


49. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]

Keywords: Conduct Problems  Protective Services  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Trauma  Treatment Outcome  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


50. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2001, March). An efficient way of targeting traumatic material. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Besides the correct application of the basic EMDR protocol, one of the most important factors involving the treatment of trauma related conditions, is the way the traumatic material is targeted. For example, if clients have trouble processing, this could be due to a lack of focus which prevents the client from successfully tapping into his memory network. It’s our experience that, to adequately tap into the memory network, it is most useful to use a somewhat different strategy for ‘going back to target’ than which is described as part of the standard EMDR procedure. We would recommend the following procedure (see Box I).

Keywords: Targets  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


51. Grbesa, G., Simonovic, M., & Jankovic, D. (2010, April). Electrophysiological changes during EMDR treatment in patients with combat-related PTSD. Annals of General Psychiatry, 9(Supplement 1), S209. doi:10.1186/1744-859X-9-S1-S209.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
1st International Congress on Neurobiology and Clinical Psychopharmacology and European Psychiatric Association Conference on Treatment Guidance
Background Efficiency of the EMDR procedure is based on a presumption of neuropsychological changes in therapeutic process.The aim of the investigation is to scann and give evidence of electroactivity changes, during the process of EMDR procedure and after finishing it. Materials and methods We have recorded a continual polygraph EEG, before, during and after EMDR therapy, in patient with combat-related PTSD. Results Before the treatment, EEG recorded basic activity of low voltage (attenuation) of 20 μV, frequency of beta range (17-26 Hz), bioccipital, with no pathologic activity. Patient had prominent vegetative symptoms (anxiety, heart rate 100/min). Background activity immediately after the treatment records the amplitude values of around 50 μV, frequency of around 11-12 Hz. After the end of the treatment background activity possesses the amplitude value of about 37 μV, holding the persistence in frequency. Conclusions If the EMDR treatment is successful, sudden increase of amplityde activity is noted imensly. This sharp border line, which signifies normal activity, appears in 2-3 seconds affter the desensitize phase. The investigation suggest that from neurophysiological point of view, cortex (in EMDR procedure), works according to the principle "all or nothing". If there is processing of traumatic memory, the activity gets completly normal. If the therapy is not successful, there are numerous artefacts, because of increased muscle activity. This kind of activity, in our investigation is marked as "Artefact therapy". The results, indicate maintaining low level of amplitude values of electrocortical activities during the treatment, as well as increase after successful treatment. The increase of amlitude is corelated to decrease of anxiety after the successful treatment. Acknowledgements The results, indicate maintaining low level of amplitude values of electrocortical activities during the treatment, as well as increase after successful treatment. The increase of amlitude is corelated to decrease of anxiety after the successful treatment. References EEG Asymmetry and its Clinical Correlates in PTSD, Steven Silverstein, Stewart Shankman Lea Williams, Patrick Hopkinson, Richard Bryant

Keywords: Combat  Electrophysiological Change  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


52. Quinn, G. (2012, June). EMDR & acute stress syndrome/EMDR in early intervention - Immediate ERP treatment following trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress and often are likely to develop PTSD. The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Program’s (HAP) Disaster Manual and Marilyn Luber’s: EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations (2009) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within minutes to hours of exposure to trauma. Learning objectives: Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of history-­‐ taking and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. A pilot study (in press) will be presented showing effectiveness at possibly preventing PTSD 2 years later compared to “treatment as usual”

Las víctimas del trauma inmediato frecuentemente exhiben “terror silencioso” o estrés extremo y a menudo son susceptibles de desarrollar TEPT. El Procedimiento de Respuesta en Emergencia (ERP), descrito en el Manual de Catástrofes de los Programas de Asistencia Humanitaria (HAP) y en el libro de EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations (2009) ha sido desarrollado para lidiar con víctimas de desastres naturales y causados por el hombre a los minutos u horas de haber sido expuesto al trauma. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Los participantes de este taller aprenderán cómo responder a los clientes en los momentos siguientes al trauma, utilizando PRE. Esto se entenderá en el contexto general de los principios de los Primeros Auxilios Psicológicos. Este mismo enfoque básico se puede utilizar en el caso de una abreacción fuerte durante la fase inicial en la que se realiza la historia del paciente y antes de la Fase de Preparación de EMDR o en otras ocasiones durante el tratamiento cuando los pacientes muestran reacciones emocionales fuertes. De manera similar, el tratamiento con PRE puede considerarse también para pacientes que muestran este “terror silencioso” o estrés extremo durante el tratamiento inicial llevado a cabo por los servicios de asistencia en emergencias en la escena del accidente o en las ambulancias de camino a las instalaciones médicas. Un estudio piloto (en prensa) será presentada mostrando la efectividad de la posibilidad de prevenir el TEPT 2 años después comparándolo con “tratamiento habitual.”

Keywords: Acute Stress Syndrome  Early Intervention  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


53. Plassmann, R., & Seidel, M. (2003, May). EMDR - Group therapy with patients having eating disorders. In Eating Disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We understand a therapeutic group, here the EMDR-group, analog to the opinion of Watzlawick et al., Koffka and Grinberg as a multiplicity that is more than only the sum of the individuals. An individual is a part of a group, who expresses himself in the collective „we". Even if the individual expresses himself at first individually, the remarks turn into collective-appearances with basic-convictions–and assumptions. This group-structure, labeled by the authors as a dynamic collective-constellation, is based on unconscious processes projecting and introjecting identification. The group-member takes in those feelings and impulses of the others that are similar to the own emotions, and perceives them due to the experienced reinforcement more severely. Simultaneously the individual projects his objects of the unconscious imagination on the others and tries to reproduce the specific pattern of his difficult interpersonal relationships.

Keywords: Binge Eating  Eating Disorders  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


54. Shapiro, F. (1999). EMDR - Grundlagen und praxis: Handbuch zur behandlung traumatisierter menschen [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Basic principles, protocols, and procedures]. Paderborn: Junfermann Verlag GmbH & Co.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR ist eine zeitsparende, umfassende Methode zur Behandlung traumatischer Erfahrungen, die die Ursache vieler Pathologien sind. Als integratives Therapiemodell, das verhaltenspsychologische, kognitive, psychodynamische, körperorientierte und systemische Elemente umfaßt, ermöglicht EMDR, in relativ kurzer Zeit tiefreichende und stabile Resultate zu erzielen. Die EMDR-Behandlungssequenz, die acht Phasen umfaßt und Augenbewegungen sowie andere Methoden der Rechts-Links-Stimulation nutzt, hilft Trauma-Opfern bei der Aufarbeitung beunruhigender Gedanken und Erinnerungen. Dieses umfassende Basiswerk zum Thema EMDR gibt einen Überblick über die Entwicklung und Erforschung der neuen Methode und ist eine unverzichtbare Lektüre für alle Kliniker und Forscher, die sich für die Arbeit mit Trauma-Opfern interessieren.

EMDR is a time-saving, comprehensive method for the treatment of traumatic experiences, which are the cause of many diseases. As an integrative therapy model includes the behavioral, cognitive, psychodynamic, body-oriented and systemic elements, EMDR allows to achieve in a relatively short time, profound and stable results. The EMDR treatment sequence that includes eight stages, and uses eye movements as well as other methods of left-right stimulation helps trauma victims in the processing disturbing thoughts and memories. This comprehensive work based on EMDR provides an overview of the development and exploration of the new method and is an essential reading for all clinicians and researchers interested in working with trauma victims

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


55. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.

Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy  Affect Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


56. Beley, T. (2001, June). EMDR and Bowen theory: A natural integration of technique and theory in therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Although very distinct in their respective technical and theorectical approaches, EMDR and Bowen Theory hold important commonalities. Participatns will be able to 1) dsecribe the relationship of the triune brain, emotional reactiveness, and anxiety; 2) develop a basic understanding of the relationship between evolutionary processes, biologic processess, and human behavior; and 3) identify how EMDR can be used within the context of Bowen Theory and therapy.

Keywords: Bowen Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


57. Rivas, C. (2012, April). EMDR and chronic illnesses. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chronc diseases represent a complex area on the health-illness continuum. When a chronic disease is diagnosed, clients may require ongoing support to cope with life changes and management of their health. During this workshop, participants will be introduced to the general aspects of chronic diseases and how clients’psychological symptoms can be understood from the Adaptive Information Processing(AIP) model. Also, EMDR clinicians will learn how to structure an intervention for different types of chronic diseases, using the 8 steps of the Basic Protocol, identifying the key issues for each condition, according to a past-present-future timeline. Examples will be based on cancer, diabetes, and HIV/AIDS cases.
Learning objectives: 1.Identify the challenges associated with chronic diseases such as cancer, diabetes and HIV/AIDS 2. Utilize the Adaptative Information Processing (AIP) model to understand the psychological dimension of chronic diseases (e.g. anxiety, depression, guilt, shame, self-image issues, etcetera) 3. Use the EMDR basic protocol to structure interventions suitable for people living with human health conditions.

Keywords: Chronic Illnesses  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


58. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD. Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice. Goals 1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm · Biological nature of trauma · Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance · Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy. 2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including: · Hyperarousal · Affect dysregulation · Dissociation · Body memories and “flashbacks” 3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material. Objectives 1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms. 2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”. 3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR 4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy. 5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol. 6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation. 7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material. 8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: No


59. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance of the problem. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy, • Why and how change occurs, • When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help, • How interventions are designed and implemented.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


60. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


61. Knudsen, N. J. (2006, September). EMDR and the treatment of chronic relationship problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A history of failed or disappointing relationships is a primary symptom for many clients. Bowen Theory is a family systems model that offers a conceptual roadmap for working with individuals, as well as families on enhancing the capacity to be a Self, while staying in healthy connection to others. The theory helps guide clear thinking about how the emotional system works within a multigenerational frame and offers concepts that predict human relational behavior over time. Yet, as we know, intellectual understanding can only bring us so far without the kind of whole brain integration that can be so swiftly brought about with EMDR treatment. By integrating the Adaptive Information Processing Model and the EMDR approach with Bowen Theory, this treatment model facilitates a client learning to have a whole new experience in their significant relationships. This workshop will provide a basic overview of Bowen Theory. An integrative model using Bowen Theory and EMDR will then be described, followed by an in-depth case analysis illustrating the approach. The treatment includes an extensive assessment of the family system, the selection and processing of EMDR targets causing high levels of reactivity involving closeness to others, coaching to re-work and repair significant relationships in the family of origin, and finally the targeting of present day triggers in a newly forming relationship.

Keywords: Bowen Theory  Relationship Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


62. Blore, D. C. (2002, September). EMDR and the workplace - helpful hints for the practitioner. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Here we are in 2002, no less than 13 years on from Francine Shapiro's first publishetl article on Eye Movement Desensitisation. Now called EMDR, the intervention came:son despite those with agendas to the contrary. The author nears 10 years use of EMDR himself and reflecting upon the cases seen, finds that over half of the 500+ EMDR cases during that time have had significant connectionswith the workplace. It is the benefit of experience that I wish to pass on here. Please forgive me for starting with some basic: issues which are likely to be obvious to many and could be described as 'common sense'. The problem is that 'common sense' could be described as 'not common enough' and in any case, preparation - like preparation in EMDR - can and does play a major role in the success or otherwise of any enterprise.

Keywords: Trauma  Workplace  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


63. Greenwald, R. (2002). EMDR and trauma-focused treatment for conduct problems. In J. Morris-Smith (Ed.), EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper No. 19 (pp. 15-21) London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Trauma is proposed as a key to understanding the development and persistence of conduct problems, in conjunction with other contributing factors. Preliminary research on child/adolescent trauma treatment indicates that such treatment can successfully reduce post-traumatic symptoms as well as conduct problem symptoms. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has shown particular promise. However, it can be difficult to secure treatment compliance for trauma-focused work with this challenging population. A more comprehensive treatment approach is suggested which addresses trauma-related issues of motivation, safety, and self-efficacy as a foundation form which to introduce EMDR. Reductions in post-traumatic stress, related symptoms, and problem behaviours along with improved school performance, indicate the value of further study of this type of treatment approach.

Keywords: Children  Conduct Disorders  Occasional Paper  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


64. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn: (a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain; (b) a guided pain healing meditation; (c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques; (d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories; (e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating, drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population. The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer will be presented. Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the "C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed. The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing will be discussed. The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples): (1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR- (2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative; (3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with "secondary gains" minus primary losses; (4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering; (5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy self-care behaviors; (6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery for pain reduction; (7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins; (8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences, internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors; (9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient; (10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety. (11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers; (12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients; (13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave; (14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse; (15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in this population; (16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD. Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered. If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  Pain  Pain Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


65. Eimer, B.N. (1995). EMDR applications for pain management:  An EMDR clinician's basic manual. Philadelphia, PA:  The Behavior Therapy Center.

Language: English

Format: Other

Keywords: Chronic Pain  Pain  Pain Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


66. Kannan, L. (2010, July). EMDR as a tool in change management. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2008-2009, many professionals and executives faced various organizational pressures ranging from pay slash, contrived performance appraisals, layoffs and work overload due to the recession which impacted many traumatically. It affected the morale, motivation and basic sense of security which was previously part of the work culture in Eastern countries especially in India. EMDR is an effective tool for organizations to manage dramatic change without adversely impacting the individual and consequently the organization. Participants will learn: 1. What constitutes work trauma both direct and vicarious and how to identify its impact, 2. The impact of such work trauma on the clinical and non clinical parameters affecting performance, efficiency and well being. 3. How to use EMDR efficiently with work trauma. 4. Adapting EMDR to the different setting where work trauma clients may present themselves in the Eastern context.

Keywords: Change Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


67. Preston, J. (2000, September). EMDR as an approach to systems work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) review basic tenants of systems theory and its application to family or couple therapy; 2) know several important aspects of using EMDR with couples and families, such as safety issues, selection of EMDR targets; and decisions about who should be present during sessions; 3) learn ways to apply systems thinking to work with individuals; and 4) review using EMDR in light of a systemic approach to individual work.

Keywords: Couple Therapy  Family Therapy  Safety Issues  Systems Theory  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


68. Mitchell, R. (2009, May). The EMDR basic protocol: A review and update. Keynote presented at the 2nd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The eight-phase protocol is the bedrock of EMDR, however, the way it is taught has evolved over the years. We will review how EMDR is currently taught and highlight some of the common mistakes and misunderstandings made by clinicians. Attendance at the workshop will therefore make certain that all delegates can proceed to the other workshops during the day, 'armed' with the latest information.

Keywords: Basic Protocol  Keynote  Review  Standard Protocol  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


69. van Els, H. (2008, Maart). EMDR bij allochtonen en bij ouderen: In proces krijgen én houden met contextuele aanpassingen [EMDR for immigrants and the elderly: In trial and to contextual adaptation]. Presentatie op de derde conferentie van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ouderen en allochtonen met PTSS zijn groepen patiënten die kunnen profiteren van behandeling met EMDR. Bied je echter, conform de multidisciplinaire richtlijn angststoornissen EMDR aan, dan stuit je op een aantal problemen. Voorbeelden daarvan zijn: geen eigen wens voor deze behandeling, sterke vermijding van het oprakelen van traumatische ervaringen, afzeggen en wegblijven, heftige lichamelijke ervaringen en afbreken van de sessie én taal als hindernis. In deze workshop worden ervaring besproken met ouderen (N=10; 62-82 jaar) en met een gevarieerde groep allochtonen (N=10) binnen een reguliere 2e lijns GGZ instelling. Allereerst worden enkele mislukkingen geanalyseerd. Het blijkt lastig te zijn om patiënt in de EMDR-procedure te krijgen en te houden. De rol van cultuur, van motivatie en committent en van taal wordt bekeken. Vervolgens worden aanpassingen getoond in: de voorbereiding, de uitleg en het te bereiken resultaat. Tevens wordt het belang aangegeven van het werken ‘als team’ met een vaste tolk. Alle inspanningen zijn gericht op het ‘gewoon’ uit kunnen voeren van EMDR.

Elderly and immigrants with PTSD groups of patients who may benefit from treatment with EMDR. However, your bid, according to the multidisciplinary guidelines for anxiety disorders EMDR, then you hit a number of problems. Examples include: no own desire for this treatment, avoiding the sharp rake of traumatic experiences, cancel and stay away, intense physical experiences and abort the session and language barrier. This workshop experience will be discussed with older people (N = 10, 62-82 years) and with a diverse group of immigrants (N = 10) in a regular second-line mental health institution. First, some failures analyzed. It seems difficult to be patient in the EMDR procedure to get and keep. The role of culture, motivation and Principals and language is viewed. Then adjustments shown in: the preparation, interpretation and results to be achieved. It also indicated the importance of working 'as a team "with a fixed interpretation. All efforts are aimed at 'ordinary' can perform EMDR.

Keywords: Anxiety  Elderly  Immigrants  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


70. ten Broeke, T., & Oppenheim, H-J. (2008, Maart). EMDR bij de behandeling van complexe PTSS en ernstige dissociatie [EMDR in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe dissociation]. Presentatie aan de derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de behandeling van patiënten met complexe PTSS ten gevolge van type 2 trauma, wordt de behandelaar geconfronteerd met twee grote problemen: 1) hoe een overzichtelijke structuur aan te brengen in de veelheid aan traumatische gebeurtenissen, en 2) hoe om te gaan met pathologische dissociatie. In deze voordracht wordt in eerste instantie een aanpak gepresenteerd waarmee de therapeut en patiënt kunnen komen tot een zodanige (hiërarchische) ordening van de traumatische gebeurtenissen, dat een gefaseerde en overzichtelijke behandeling mogelijk wordt. Vervolgens zal nader ingegaan worden op het verschijnsel dissociatie en zal worden uitgelegd welke algemene technieken toegepast kunnen worden bij dissociatieve reacties. Ten slotte zal aan de hand van videobeelden worden gedemonstreerd hoe met een aangepast EMDR basisprotocol het mogelijk is om bij mensen met secundaire en tertiaire structurele dissociatie, door activatie van een alterpersoonlijkheid, het traumatisch materiaal waardoor de alterpersoonlijkheid is ontstaan a. te ontsluiten, b. te verwerken en c. te integreren

When treating patients with complex PTSD as a result of Type 2 trauma, the therapist faces two major problems: 1) how an organized structure to the multitude of traumatic events, and 2) how to deal with pathological dissociation . In this lecture primarily an approach is presented that the therapist and patient can come to such a (Hierarchical) organization of the traumatic events that a phased and orderly treatment possible. Will then be elaborated on the phenomenon of dissociation and will explain the general techniques can be applied to dissociative reactions. Finally, using video to demonstrate how a modified EMDR basic protocol it is possible in people with secondary and tertiary structural dissociation, through activation of an alter personality, traumatic materials which alter personality created a. to access, b. processing and c. integrate.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


71. Sanders, D., & ten Broeke, E. (2011, Juni). EMDR bij de behandeling van een negatief zelfbeeld [EMDR in the treatment of low self-esteem]. Psychopraktijk, 3(3), 19-22. doi:10.1007/s13170-011-0039-z.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Sinds de introductie in 1989 van Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is de methode verder ontwikkeld en verfijnd. Het toepassingsgebied is daardoor aanzienlijk uitgebreid. Zo werd een specifieke benadering voor het conceptualiseren van klachten gepresenteerd die voorafgaat aan de toepassing van EMDR bij een flink scala van andere klachten dan Posttraumatische Stress Stoornis (PTSS). Zo is er nu een behandeling met EMDR voor mensen met een negatief zelfbeeld. Na een korte schets van de achtergronden en toepassing van het EMDR-basisprotocol, wordt deze laatste aanpak hieronder aan de hand van een casus geïllustreerd.

Since its introduction in 1989 of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), the method developed and refined. The scope is thus greatly expanded. Thus, a specific approach to conceptualizing problems presented prior to the application of EMDR in a large variety of other symptoms than Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). There is now an EMDR treatment for people with low self-esteem. After a brief outline of the background and application of the basic EMDR protocol, the latter approach below, using an illustrated case.

Keywords: Self-Esteem: Self-Image  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


72. Spierings, J. (2005, November). EMDR bij gecompliceerde rouw [EMDR with complicated grief]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In de workshop komt het volgende aan de orde: basisconcepten en psychodynamiek van rouw, grondhouding van de therapeut, theorieën m.b.t. hechting en verlies, behandelstrategieën en behandeltechnieken (rituelen, EMDR, Gestalt, metaforen, schrijfopdrachten, spirituele interventies). Het theoretisch kader wordt naar de praktijk vertaald d.m.v. verhalen en casusmateriaal.

In the workshop, the following order: basic concepts and psychodynamics of mourning, the attitude of the therapist's theories on attachment and loss, treatment strategies and treatment techniques (ritual, EMDR, Gestalt, metaphors, writing, spiritual intervention). The theoretical framework is translated into practice through stories and case material.

Keywords: Complicated Grief  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


73. ter Heide, J. J. (2011, August). EMDR bij getraumatiseerde vluchtelingen [EMDR with traumatized refugees]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(3), 180-185. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0036-2.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
While EMDR is treatment of choice for traumatized adults with PTSS, its efficacy has not been validated with traumatized refugees. As long as no evidence is available for EMDR with this population, EMDR with refugees should be informed by theoretical approaches to treatment of PTSS in adults. Four approaches are discussed: the phased approach that advocates stabilization before EMDR; the multimodal approach that advocates combining EMDR with other interventions; the trauma-focused approach that advocates offering EMDR to all adults with PTSS, including refugees and, the transcultural approach that advocates a culturally sensitive administration of EMDR. Several pilot studies on EMDR with traumatized refugees, randomized controlled trials of EMDR with multiply traumatized populations, and a trial of EMDR in a non-western setting may further inform EMDR-therapists working with traumatized refugees. Suggestions are made for combining the four approaches and scientific evidence in treatment planning and execution of EMDR with this population. The EMDR protocol itself prescribes several interventions for treating multiply traumatized patients, such as resource development and installation, clustering of traumatic experiences, and cognitive interweaves. Additionally, culturally sensitive interventions may enable the refugee to actively partake in the treatment process by increasing motivation for trauma processing, by diminishing language barriers, and by facilitating the formulation of culturally congruent meanings to trauma. The question remains whether EMDR, which offers an individualistic approach to trauma, is sufficiently suited to address the collective traumatization of victims of war and organized violence.

Keywords: Refugees  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


74. Veenstra, A. C. (2006, Oktober). EMDR bij hardnekkige enuresis nocturna in de adolescentiefase [EMDR with persistent nocturnal enuresis in adolescence]. Tijdschrift voor Kinder- & Jeugdpsychotherapie, 33(3), 39-53.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Er zijn diverse behandelmogelijkheden beschreven voor kinderen met enuresis nocturna (Azrin, 1974; van Londen, 1984; Hira Sing, 2004; Richtlijn Enuresis van de PAZ; NHG standaard Enuresis Nocturna). Ondanks deze behandelmogelijkheden is er een groep kinderen die tot in de adolescentiefase kampt met een zeer hardnekkige vorm van primaire enuresis nocturna. Epidemiologisch onderzoek wijst op een prevalentie van enuresis nocturna bij adolescenten van 1.2% (Nappo, 2002; Chiozza, 1998). De behandeling van deze groep wordt belemmerd door een fors gedaalde motivatie voor behandeling zowel als gevolg van de vele faalervaringen met eerdere behandelpogingen, als door een toegenomen negatief zelfbeeld en gebrek aan zelfvertrouwen. Dit artikel laat zien hoe EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) op experimentele basis werd gebruikt bij enkele adolescenten met zeer hardnekkige enuresis nocturna. Het traumatiserende effect van langdurende enuresis nocturna wordt omschreven. Met een casus wordt geïllustreerd hoe EMDR wordt ingevlochten in de gedragstherapeutische behandeling. Ten slotte worden de bevindingen beschreven bij de adolescenten waar inmiddels ervaring mee is opgedaan.

There are several treatment choices for children with enuresis nocturnal (Azrin, 1974, London, 1984, Hira Sing, 2004, Directive Enuresis the PAZ, NHG standard nocturnal enuresis). Despite these treatment options, there is a group of children into adolescence faced with a very stubborn form of primary nocturnal enuresis. Epidemiological research indicates a prevalence of nocturnal enuresis in 1.2% of adolescents (Nappo, 2002; Chiozza, 1998). The treatment of This group is hindered by a sharp fall in motivation treatment both because of the many failures of previous experiences treatment attempts, and by an increased self-esteem and lack of confidence. This article shows how EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) was used on an experimental basis in some adolescents very persistent nocturnal enuresis. The traumatic effects of long-term nocturnal enuresis is defined. With a case is illustrate how EMDR is interwoven in the behavioral treatment. Finally, the findings described in adolescents now that experience has been acquired.

Keywords: Children  Enuresis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


75. Forester, D. (2012, October). EMDR boot camp: An intensive refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is an EMDR skills refresher course designed for clinicians who have not had the ability to practice EMDR. This course is perfect for the clinician who took some time off following EMDR Basic Training or would like some hands on practice to build technical competence. Build confidence through a review of the AIP model, the 8 phases and 3 prong approach followed by a guided practicum experience to build your proficiency. With EMDR Boot Camp you will get a personal, hands on experience that will activate your Adaptive Information Processing and allow you to practice EMDR with confidence.

Keywords: Refresher Course  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


76. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases. The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases. The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses. A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction. Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies. Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting disturbing memories. Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders. Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with Marguerite McCorkle. Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.

Keywords: Case Formulations  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


77. Manfield, P. (2003). EMDR casebook:  Expanded (2nd Ed.). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book picks up where formal EMDR training leaves off. Research has now shown that EMDR is powerfully effective in the treatment of residual psychological effects of a single-incident trauma. Through case studies, this book explores other areas where EMDR may be helpful, including long-term childhood abuse and complex PTSD. The eleven case reports illustrate the application of EMDR to a broad range of cases. The many clinical transcripts will help newly trained EMDR clinicians fell comfortable using EMDR with their clients and provide models for experienced EMDR clinicians to broaden their use of EMDR. The clear explanations of the treatment processes will demystify EMDR for both clinicians and clients.
The introduction includes basic descriptions of EMDR and the accelerated information processing model, as well as definitions of its terminology. Each of the following chapters begins with a discussion of the contributors background, the principles of the traditional treatment approach used before incorporating EMDR, and the ways he or she has integrated EMDR into that approach. The contributors, who represent various orientations, including psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, and systems, demonstrate the importance of procedural fidelity while extending EMDR protocols.

Keywords: Miscellanous  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


78. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


79. Grégoire, P. A. (2010, Avril/Mai). EMDR dans les cas de deuil et de dépression [EMDR in bereavement and depression]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Le deuil et la dépression sont des expériences de vie qui présentent un défi pour les mécanismes d’adaptation et remettent en question les états d’équilibre déjà établis. Les liens qui deviennent de plus en plus évidents entre ces états expérientiels et la présence de mécanismes défectueux de traitement de l’information soulignent l’importance d’offrir des services psychothérapeutiques, telle l’approche EMDR qui tient compte de ces besoins et de ces processus spécifiques. Notre présentation veut souligner : 1) l’importance des protocoles et des principes de base de l’approche EMDR comme modèle d’intégration des processus de psychothérapie 2) les recherches qui explorent les mécanismes dysfonctionnels des réseaux de mémoire impliqués lors du travail du deuil et 3) les applications de protocoles spécifiques EMDR pour les diverses étapes du deuil. La partie expérientielle de cette présentation explorera certains des facteurs adaptatifs permettant le renouvellement de cet équilibre perdu et la consolidation de mécanismes reliés à la résilience. (Tous les niveaux)

Grief and depression are life experiences that are challenging for coping and challenge the already established equilibrium states. The links are becoming increasingly evident between these experiential states and the presence of defective mechanisms of information processing emphasize the importance of providing psychotherapeutic services, such as the EMDR approach that addresses these needs and these specific processes. Our presentation will highlight: 1) the importance of protocols and basic principles of the EMDR approach as a model for the integration of psychotherapy process 2) research that explores the dysfunctional mechanisms of memory networks involved in the work of mourning and 3) applications of EMDR protocols specific for the various stages of grief. The experiential part of this presentation will explore some of the factors adaptive to the renewal of this lost balance and strengthening mechanisms associated with resilience. (All levels)

Keywords: Bereavement  Depression: Grief  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


80. Balbo, M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e disturbi alimentari [EMDR and eating disorders]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I Disturbi del comportamento alimentare per la complessità che li caratterizza comportano spesso problematiche relative alla diagnosi, alla scelta del trattamento primario e al tipo di terapia. Il Workshop si propone di rispondere al quesito: “da dove cominciare”, come pianificare il trattamento con l’EMDR , qual è il problema centrale e quindi il primo e più importante da affrontare per aiutare il paziente a superare la preoccupazione estrema per il cibo e le forme corporee. Gli argomenti che verranno presentati si propongono di affrontare le seguenti aree.: • Diagnosi descrittiva. • DSM IV: chiarezza classificatoria. • Multifattorialità dei disturbi dell'alimentazione. • Integrazione dell’EMDR nel trattamento: quando e con quale paziente. • Ricerca dei target significativi nella storia di vita del paziente. • Preparazione del paziente per il trattamento EMDR, come affrontare il blocco emozionale del paziente DCA e la fuga dalla consapevolezza; installazione di risorse e immagini chiave • La motivazione al cambiamento nei pazienti difficili. • La relazione terapeutica. • Intervento psicoeducazionale. • Lavoro sui target del passato. • Aree di contenuto utilizzabili per l’intervento integrativo-cognitivo, analisi dei pensieri disfunzionali. • Lavoro sui target del presente (gestione delle “emergenze”) • Lavoro sul futuro:prevenzione delle ricadute e conclusione del trattamento. • Discussione di casi.

Disorders of eating behavior of the complexity that characterizes them often involve issues related to diagnosis, choice of primary treatment and type of therapy. The Workshop aims to answer the question: "where to start, how to plan treatment with EMDR, which is the central problem and then the first and most important deal to help the patient to overcome the extreme concern for food and body shapes. The topics to be presented are intended to address the following areas.: • descriptive diagnosis. • DSM IV classificatory clarity. • multifactorial nature of eating disorders. • Integrating EMDR treatment: when and how patient. • Research targets in the history of the patient's life. • Preparing the patient for treatment EMDR, how to address the emotional blocks of the patient and the flight from DCA awareness; installation of resources and key images • The motivation to change in patients difficult. • The therapeutic relationship. • psycho-educational intervention. • Work on target in the past. • Content areas used for Integrated intervention-cognitive analysis of dysfunctional thoughts. • Work on this target (management of "emergencies") • Work on the future: prevention of relapses and end of treatment. • Discussion of cases.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


81. Salomoni, S. R. (2012, Novembro). EMDR e terapia familiar: Um caso de fibromialgia [EMDR and family therapy: A case of fibromyalgia]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Terapia Familiar Sistêmica, de forma integrada. Objetivo: Demonstrar como a associação das duas abordagens permite alterar o foco do individual para o familiar e do familiar para o individual, resultando em superação de traumas e integração individual, com relações mais saudáveis. Método: O EMDR foi utilizado para reprocessar traumas, a partir de queixas da cliente. Segundo Bruck, “o trauma é uma experiência que explode a capacidade de suportar um revés, traz perda de sentido, desorganização corporal e paralisação da consciência corporal; pode deixar marcas que influenciam a criatividade e a motivação para a vida”. Assim, mesmo uma pessoa com boa estrutura de personalidade, resiliente e com família funcional, não está imune ao trauma.O outro pilar teórico norteador do trabalho é a Terapia Familiar, uma vez que os modelos de transação experimentados na família de origem constituem-se matrizes de aprendizagem para as transações sociais futuras. Para Souza, a família é um microcosmo, um universo em miniatura, representativo do mundo lá fora e do lá dentro de cada um de nós. Considera-se também a rede social pessoal, definida por Sluzki como a soma das relações que o indivíduo percebe serem significativas para si. Desta maneira, busca-se a dinâmica na família, que pode facilitar ou dificultar o trabalho com o indivíduo. Com o EMDR lidamos com traumas recentes e antigos e com crenças limitantes, e a partir daí são mobilizados recursos positivos inacessíveis até então, devido ao bloqueio de traumas. Esses recursos individuais já mais acessíveis são então integrados na vida familiar e social. Resultados: Apresento o caso de uma moça de 28 anos com diagnóstico médico de fibromialgia, universitária, que tinha abandonado os estudos e estágio, com fortes dores e muito tempo na cama, que após 15 sessões de psicoterapia, incluindo as sessões familiares, voltou às suas atividades normais.

Systemic Family Therapy, seamlessly. Objective: To demonstrate how the combination of the two approaches allows you to change the focus from the individual to the family and the family for the individual, resulting in overcoming traumas and individual integration with healthier relationships. Method: The EMDR was used to reprocess trauma, from customer complaints. According to Bruck, "trauma is an experience that explodes the ability to support a setback, brings loss of meaning, and paralysis of body clutter body awareness, can leave marks that influence creativity and motivation for life." Thus, even a person with good personality structure, resilient and functional family, is not immune to trauma.O another pillar guiding theoretical work is Family Therapy, once the transaction models experienced in the family of origin constitute matrices of social learning for future transactions. For Souza, the family is a microcosm, a miniature universe, representative of the outside world and the inside of each of us. It is also considered a social network, defined by Sluzki as the sum of the relations that the individual perceives itself to be significant. In this way, search the dynamics in the family, which can facilitate or hinder the work with the individual. With EMDR deal with recent and old traumas and limiting beliefs, and from there are positive resources mobilized hitherto inaccessible, due to blockage of trauma. These individual features are now more accessible then integrated into family and social life. Results: I present the case of a girl of 28 years with a medical diagnosis of fibromyalgia, university, who had abandoned his studies and internship, with severe pain and a lot of time in bed, that after 15 sessions of psychotherapy, including family sessions, returned to their normal activities.

Keywords: Family Therapy  Fibromyalgia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


82. Tonetti, F. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e trauma complesso in adolescente [EMDR and trauma in adolescents complex]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
N. è stata portata in Italia a 14 anni con l’illusione di lavorare come baby sitter, finisce invece vittima dello sfruttamento sessuale organizzato e per circa un anno subisce violenze sessuali, fisiche e psicologiche. Con forza e coraggio notevoli, riesce a fuggire, nuda, da un’auto dove stava subendo l’ennesima violenza. Ha gravi lesioni sul corpo, viene soccorsa e portata in ospedale, dove decide di denunciare i suoi vittimizzatori. Il caso finisce alla Procura del Tribunale per i Minorenni e N. viene collocata, sotto falso nome, in una comunità. Il mio primo contatto con la ragazza avviene quando ha 16 anni ed è in comunità da cinque mesi. Presenta ancora i sintomi invadenti del PTSD: flashback, incubi, panico, pensieri ossessivi, isolamento, distacco emotivo che a volte la fa apparire molto calma, sovreccitazione. Non sa controllare gli impulsi e regolare le emozioni: passa dalla rabbia, che sfoga picchiando pugni contro il muro fino a ferirsi o spaccando tutto ciò che le capita sotto mano, alla eccitazione, alla depressione con sentimenti di inutilità a vivere, di colpa e di vergogna (sintomi di PTSD Complesso). Propongo e spiego da subito l’EMDR ritenendo che sia l’unico approccio terapeutico utile; stabiliamo piano terapeutico e N. esprime il suo consenso al trattamento. Particolare attenzione, data la problematicità, alla fase di preparazione e stabilizzazione. Nell’anamnesi emerge primo trauma a 10 anni, prima ricorda di essersi sentita amata e protetta. Rafforzo queste esperienze positive che diventano risorse in suo possesso. Fondamentale si rivela la psicoeducazione sui disturbi: N. accoglie con sollievo l’idea che non è “pazza” o “indemoniata” ma solo traumatizzata. Immaginiamo comportamenti alternativi per esprimere le emozioni e strategie di coping. Posto al Sicuro: servono due sedute per stabilizzare e installare il posto al sicuro. Il protocollo EMDR sarà applicato fedelmente nelle sue fasi; i target del passato affrontati in ordine cronologico. N. è sempre partita da 1 nella scala VoC e da 10 nella SUD; ha concluso tutte le sedute con SUD: 0 e VoC: 6 /7. Ha avuto abreazioni e una volta ha chiesto di fermarsi: la NC era”sto per morire”. Sono stati raggiunti, dopo 10 mesi di terapia, gli obiettivi del piano terapeutico: la sintomatologia post-traumatica si è risolta dopo otto sedute.

No was taken to Italy 14 years with the illusion of working as a babysitter, instead ends up a victim of sexual exploitation and organized for about a year suffer sexual violence, physical and psychological. With remarkable courage and strength, manages to escape, naked, from where a car was undergoing yet another violence. He has serious injuries on the body, is rescued and taken to hospital, where he decides to denounce his victimization. The event ends at the General Prosecutor of the Juvenile Court and N. is placed under a false name, in a community. My first contact with the girl when she is 16 years and is shared by five months. Still has the intrusive symptoms of PTSD: flashbacks, nightmares, panic, obsessive thoughts, isolation, emotional detachment that sometimes makes it appear very calm, excitement. Can not control impulses and regulate emotions: anger passes, which unleashed banging his fists against the wall until injury or cracking everything that happens at hand, the excitement, depression with feelings of futility in life, guilt and shame (symptoms of complex PTSD). Propose and explain EMDR now believing it is the only therapeutic approach useful, we establish a treatment plan and N. expresses its consent to treatment. Particular attention, given the problematic, the preparation and stabilization. Nell'anamnesi apparent trauma to the first 10 years, first recalls that she felt loved and protected. Reinforces these positive experiences that become resources in their possession. Reveals the basic psychoeducation about the disorder: No welcomes with relief the idea that is not "mad" or "possessed" but traumatized. Imagine alternative behaviors to express emotions and coping strategies. Safe place: it takes two sessions to stabilize and secure way to install. The EMDR protocol is applied faithfully in its early stages, the targets of the past dealt with in chronological order. No always started from a ladder in VOC and 10 in South, has completed all the sessions with SUD: 0 and VOC: 6 / 7. Abreactions and had once asked to stop: the NC was "I am going to die." Were achieved after 10 months of therapy, the goals of treatment plan: post-traumatic symptoms resolved after eight sessions.

Keywords: Adolescents  Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


83. Quinn, G. (2011, June). EMDR emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Program’s (HAP) Disaster Manual and Marilyn Luber’s: EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations (2009) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Learning objectives: Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented as utilized in the Tsunami of 2004 and during war. A practicum will follow.

Keywords: Acute Trauma  Emergency Treatment  Man-Made Disasters  Natural Disaasters  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


84. Rijnders, H. (2006, November). EMDR en schemagerichte therapie: Casusconceptualisate en traumatische kernervaringen [EMDR and schema-focused therapy: Heart and traumatic experiences case conceptilization]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de tweede congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze presentatie zal een conceptueel model gepresenteerd worden voor het vinden van de kerntraumatische ervaringen( targets) die aan de basis liggen van de schema’s van Young. Er zal kort worden ingegaan op de theorie van de schemagerichte therapie van Jeffrey Young. De belangrijkste schema’s in zijn model zullen worden besproken die in veel gevallen verantwoordelijk zijn voor de persoonlijkheidsproblematiek en complexe ptss klachten waar wij als behandelaars mee kunnen worden geconfronteerd. Daarnaast hoe met behulp van het emdr standaard protocol de targets worden opgespoord die ten grondslag kunnen liggen aan de eerdergenoemde schema’s of valkuilen.Het zijn deze traumatische ervaringen die later in de behandeling zullen moeten worden gedesensitiseerd. De integratieve psychotherapeutische behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek en complexe ptss klachten gaat uit van een fasengericht traumamodel. Het thema tijdens deze presentatie omvat een belangrijk onderdeel van deze behandelingswijze. Het biedt de behandelaar zowel als de cliënt(e) inzicht in de ontwikkelingspsychologische aspecten van de klachten en kan extra motiverend werken voor langer durende behandelingen. Interessant is hoe de voorgestelde cognitieve domeinen van Eric ten Broeke en Ad de Jongh een belangrijk hulpmiddel zijn bij het vinden van de correcte NC’s en PC’s bij bovengenoemde problematiek. De schemagerichte therapie van Young heeft op basis van recent wetenschappelijk onderzoek bewezen een van de meest effectieve behandelvormen te zijn bij ingrijpende persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. De emdr therapie van Shapiro wordt door onderzoek voortdurend genoemd als een van de meest effektieve behandelvormen bij acuut trauma. Experimenteel wordt emdr nu ook aangewend bij complex trauma. Samen vormen zij een gouden duo. Deze presentatie lijkt geschikt voor beginnende emdr therapeuten die zich meer willen gaan bezighouden met complex trauma en persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Voor gevorderde therapeuten is de presentatie een platform voor discussie aangezien vele wegen naar Rome leiden. Een en ander zal worden toegelicht met casuïstiek en mogelijk met videobeelden.

This presentation will be presented a conceptual model for Finding the key traumatic experiences (targets) that form the basis of the diagrams of Young. It will briefly examine the theory of schema-focused therapy by Jeffrey Young. The main schemes in his model will be discussed in many cases responsible for PTSD complex personality problems and complaints that we clinicians may be faced with. In addition, how to use the EMDR standard protocol targets are identified that may underlie the aforementioned schedules or valkuilen. These traumatic experiences will be desensitized later in treatment. The integrative psychotherapy of personality problems and complex PTSD symptoms is based on a phase oriented trauma model. The theme of this presentation includes an important component of this treatment method. It provides both the therapist and client (e) understanding of the developmental aspects of the complaint and may provide additional motivation to work for longer term treatments. It is interesting how the proposed cognitive domains of Eric ten Broeke and Ad de Jongh an important tool in finding the correct NCs and PCs to the abovementioned issues. The schema-focused therapy for Young, based on recent scientific study proved one of the most effective forms of treatment to be for major personality problems. The EMDR therapy research by Shapiro constantly mentioned as one of the most effective forms of treatment in acute trauma. EMDR is now used experimentally to complex trauma. Together they form a golden combination. This presentation appears to be suitable for beginning EMDR therapists who want to deal with complex trauma and personality problems. For experienced therapists, presenting a platform for discussion, since many roads lead to Rome. This will be illustrated by case studies and possibly video.

Keywords: Schema Focused Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


85. Tarquinio, C. (2007). EMDR et prise en charge du psychotraumatisme [EMDR and management of psychological trauma]. En L. Crocq, (Ed.), Traumatismes psychiques: Prise en charge psychologique des victimes (pp. 157-167). Issy-les-Moulineaux: Elsevier-Masson. doi:10.1016/B978-2-294-07144-7.50016-6.

Language: French

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
L’eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) est une méthode thérapeutique inaugurée par Francine Shapiro en 1989 et qui consiste à utiliser les mouvements oculaires contrôlés pour décharger la conscience de ses affects pathologiques. En une dizaine d’années, l’EMDR a trouvé son indication privilégiée dans le traitement de l’état de stress posttraumatique (ESPT), donnant lieu à un grand nombre d’études. Aux États-Unis, il y a en effet aujourd’hui plus de publications d’études contrôlées sur le traitement de l’ESPT par la thérapie EMDR que par tout autre type d’interventions cliniques, y compris les traitements médicamenteux. Les recommandations pour l’usage de cette approche thérapeutique ne manquent pas, provenant des plus éminentes sociétés savantes reconnues sur le plan international pour leurs compétences en ce qui concerne la question du syndrome de stress posttraumatique. L’objectif de ce chapitre sera de permettre une meilleure connaissance de la thérapie EMDR, en exposant d’abord l’historique de la méthode, puis son cadrage théorique, et ensuite le protocole de base de cette thérapie.

The eye movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic method inaugurated by Francine Shapiro in 1989 and of using eye movements controlled to discharge the consciousness of his pathological condition. In ten years, EMDR has found its ideal indication for the treatment of the state of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), resulting in a large number of studies. In the U.S., there is indeed now more publications of controlled studies on the treatment of PTSD by EMDR than any other type of clinical interventions, including medication. Recommendations for the use of this therapeutic approach does abound, from the most eminent scientific societies recognized internationally for their expertise regarding the issue of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. The purpose of this chapter will enable a better understanding of EMDR, exposing First, the history of the method and its theoretical framework, and then the basic protocol of this therapy.

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


86. Koempel, G. (2012, April). EMDR et psycho-dynamique: Une belle entente! Deux langages pour un traitement intégré et efficace [EMDR and psychodynamic: A great deal! Two languages ​​for an integrated and efficient treatment]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Par la présentation détaillée d’un cas de burn-out, nous découvrirons ensemble comment une approche intégrée en psycho-dynamique et en EMDR enrichit la compréhension et le traitement du client et le travail du thérapeute. Nous insisterons sur l’alliance thérapeutique, la compréhension du client de sa propre psycho-dynamique comme une ressource et sur l’importance de la liste des évènements perturbateurs. Nous préciserons certains concepts psychanalytiques et rappellerons les concepts fondamentaux de l’EMDR afin d’identifier facilement leur utilisation lors de la présentation de cas. Attention! Il s’agit bien d’un cas de thérapie EMDR, infiltrée par une pensée psycho-dynamique.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: 1. Intégrer l’approche psycho-dynamique au traitement en EMDR (particulièrement lors de la phase 1 à 4) 2. Redécouvrir l’importance de dresser la liste des évènements perturbateurs avec tous les clients. 3. Établir comme nouvelle ressource la compréhension par le client de son propre enjeu psycho-dynamique. 4. Envisager l’alliance thérapeutique comme ressource principale pour le bon déroulement de la thérapie EMDR. 5. À travers l’exposé détaillé de séances de thérapie, suivre les 8 phases du traitement EMDR illustrant l’efficacité du modèle TAI.

For a detailed presentation of a case of burnout, we will discover together how an integrated psychodynamic and EMDR enhances the understanding and treatment of the client and the therapist's work. We will emphasize the therapeutic alliance, understanding the customer's own psycho-dynamics as a resource and the importance of disrupting the event list. We will specify certain psychoanalytic concepts and recall the basic concepts of EMDR to easily identify their use during the presentation of cases. Caution! It is indeed a case of EMDR, infiltrated by a psycho-dynamic thinking. Learning Objectives: 1. Integrate the psychodynamic approach to treatment in EMDR (particularly in Phase 1 to 4) 2. Rediscover the importance of listing the disruptive events with all clients. 3. Establish as a new resource for understanding the customer's own stake psychodynamic. 4. Consider the therapeutic alliance as a key resource for the success of EMDR therapy. 5. Through the detailed presentation of therapy sessions, follow the eight phases of EMDR treatment model illustrating the effectiveness of TAI.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


87. Blore, D. (2004, February). EMDR for workplace trauma. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Industrial use of EMDR requires an understanding of the subtleties of multi-relationship working, it is not just about clinical change, but about commerce, efficiency and secondary agendas - and there are frequently dilemmas....This paper aims to solve some of the issues that arise when an EMDR clinician leaves the relative 'protection' of the NHS and uses EMDR in the 'real world' of commerce and industry. As such, this paper extends some of the principles discussed in the original paper: 'EMDR and the Workplace...helpful hints for the practitioner. The author starts by pointing our that Industry is not psychologically minded and that others' perceptions and agendas may be at odds with 'purest clinical objectives.' When using EMDR, this means modifying and stressing certain parts of the basic EMDR protocol. The remainder of the paper goes through the EMDR phases and identifies each change.

Keywords: Trauma  Workplace  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


88. Liz Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). EMDR i klinisk praktik [EMDR in clinical practice]. Studentlitteratur, Holmberg: Lund.

Language: Swedish

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR är en evidensbaserad metod för att behandla PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder). Emellertid kan EMDR tillämpas på ett betydligt bredare sätt. Många av de besvär som människor bär på har inte orsakats av något livshotande trauma men kan förstås utifrån att plågsamma minnen inte kunnat bearbetas. Författarna använder en enkel, rättfram framställning med många kliniska exempel. Vanliga nybörjarfel och missuppfattningar illustreras, men boken lyfter också fram sådant som underlättar bearbetningen av plågsamma minnen. Terapeuter och klienter berättar om egna erfarenheter på ett instruktivt sätt. Läsaren får följa tillämpningen av EMDR-protokollet genom samtliga åtta faser – från den första anamnesdelen till den avslutande behandlings­utvärderingen, och får praktiska råd såsom ”Vad du än gör, gör inte så här!” Boken ersätter inte en grundkurs i EMDR eller Francine Shapiros ursprungliga bok, men är ett utmärkt komplement, en handbok med konkreta förslag, väsentlig vägledning, och strategier för att undvika vanliga fallgropar i EMDR- arbete med vuxna klienter.

EMDR is an evidence-based approach to treating PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder). However, EMDR applicable to a much broader way. Many of the problems that people carry has not been caused by something life-threatening trauma but can be understood from the painful memories could not be processed. The authors use a simple, straightforward production with many clinical examples. Frequently nybörjarfel and misconceptions illustrated, but the book also highlights things that facilitate processing of painful memories. Therapists and clients talk about their experiences in an instructive way. The reader may follow the application of the EMDR protocol through all eight phases - the first history part of the final treatment evaluation, and get practical advice such as "Whatever you do, do not do this!" The book does not replace a basic course in EMDR or Francine Shapiro's original book, but is an excellent addition, a handbook of practical suggestions, guidance material, and strategies for avoiding common pitfalls in EMDR work with adult clients.

Keywords: Practice  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


89. Quinn, G. (2013, June). EMDR immediate emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress. The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma.
Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities.
Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war.
In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, and modified by Elan Shapio and Brurit Laub in R-TEP will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment.
A practicum will follow on ERP.
Learning objectives: Within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid, to learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma utilizing ERP; To apply ERP in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions; To learn when and how to use ERP for patients exhibiting “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in an ambulance en route to medical facilities; How to utilize the Recent Events Protocol in the face of ongoing danger; To understand EMDR methods that may be used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment

Keywords: Disaster  Emergency Response Procedure  ERP  Extreme Stress  Silent Terror  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


90. Bohm, K., & Voderholzer, U. (2010, September). EMDR in der behandlung von zwangsstörungen: Eine fallserie [Use of EMDR in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorders: A case series]. Verhaltenstherapie [Behavior Therapy], 20(3), 175–181. doi:10.1159/000319439 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract: (The above link is to the English version of the German article.)
Hintergrund: Die kognitive Verhaltenstherapie mit Exposition und Reaktionsverhinderung ist die am besten untersuchte und derzeit wirksamste Therapie bei Zwängen. 15–40% der Patienten können jedoch nicht von diesem Verfahren profitieren. Sie berichten Motivationsprobleme, brechen die Behandlung vorzeitig ab oder zeigen anhaltende Probleme in der Emotionsregulation. Der zusätzliche Einsatz der Therapiemethode «Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing» (EMDR) zur Reduktion dieser Schwierigkeiten wird vorgestellt und beschrieben. Methode: Es werden drei Kasuistiken vorgestellt, die mittels deskriptiver Analysen ausgewertet werden. Hierbei wird auf das inhaltliche Vorgehen sowie die Therapiemotivation und Emotionsregulation im Therapieverlauf eingegangen. Ein Patient mit Kontrollzwängen erhielt zunächst EMDR-Sitzungen und anschließend Expositionsübungen. Eine andere Patientin mit vorwiegend Zwangsgedanken wurde zuerst mit Expositionen und danach mit EMDR behandelt. Im dritten Fall wurden Expositionen und EMDR-Sitzungen abwechselnd durchgeführt. Ergebnisse: Die drei behandelten Patienten berichteten eine Reduktion der Zwänge um etwa 60%. EMDR wurde von allen drei Patienten als motivierend und hilfreich beschrieben. Die Arbeit an den Emotionen konnte durch EMDR angeregt und verstärkt werden. Eine deutliche Reduktion der Zwänge durch die Expositionen zeigte sich bei 2 Patienten, während diese im Zuge der EMDR-Sitzungen nur leicht abnahmen. Diskussion: EMDR könnte eine vielversprechende Augmentationsoption bei der Behandlung von Zwängen darstellen. Für eine bessere Beurteilung sind kontrollierte und randomisierte Studien erforderlich.

Introduction: Various studies have demonstrated that cognitive behavioural therapy with exposure response prevention is the most effective method to treat obsessive- compulsive disorders. However, 15–40% of patients do not respond to it; they cannot be motivated to undergo treatment, drop out, or experience persisting difficulties in regulating their emotions. In this article, EMDR is presented as an additional method for these specific problems. Method: Three case studies are reported and descriptively analysed. Special focus is placed on the patients’ motivation and on how they regulate their emotions. Different ways of applying EMDR in the course of psychological treatment are described as well. EMDR before confrontation therapy was applied in the first patient (checking behaviour); the second patient (compulsive thoughts) was first treated with confrontation therapy and then with EMDR; in the third patient, EMDR and confrontation therapy were applied alternately. Results: All three patients showed a reduction of symptoms by about 60%. They experienced EMDR as a useful and motivating method. Furthermore, they felt encouraged to deal with their emotions in additional psychological treatments. Confrontation therapy markedly reduced OCD symptoms in two of the patients. Discussion: EMDR could be a useful augmentation method in treating patients with OCD, but further controlled and randomised studies are required to validate this conclusion.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Psychotherapeutic Method  Psychotherapy Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


91. Richman, S. (2009, March). EMDR in the treatment of survivors of torture. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual EMDR Association UK & Ireland Conference, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation seeks to address some of the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who have been the victims of physical and/or psychological torture. The presentation will review characteristics of torture and how the helplessness experienced by victims physically and psychologically can help the therapist to case conceptualization and encourage adaptive learning with interweaves to assist the processing allowing adaptive linkage being made with dysfunctional memory storage. EMDR is very effective where trauma survivors present with somatisation, dissociation and frozen states but desensitization and reprocessing can only be embarked upon after adequate stabilization in the Preparation Phase. Methods of stabilization (including somatic stabilization) will be covered and thereafter the basic EMDR protocol implemented with the client focusing on damage to the self and the spirit.

Keywords: Symposium  Torture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


92. Richman, A. (2006, March). EMDR in the treatment of victims of torture. Presentation at the 4th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists we are increasingly encountering the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who are refugees from wartorn countries and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the issues to be taken into consideration and the difficulties in working with the victims of systematic infliction of physical and/or psychological torture. Use of EMDR with these highly traumatised individuals will be examined and ways in which the basic EMDR protocol may need to be adapted to treat these highly traumatised individuals will be examined.

Keywords: Victims of Torture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


93. Laizeau, M., Nousse, A., & Chakroun, N. (2008, June). EMDR optimism protocol: A pilot study on athletes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Peterson and Seligman (1984) developed a theory based on the psychological characteristic of optimism. They discovered that a more pessimistic explanatory style is correlated with a deeper depression. The most optimistic explanatory style for a bad event is external, specific and temporary. For a good event the explanatory style is reverse. The pessimistic explanatory style evaluates the causes of bad and good events in the opposite way. Seligman and al (1990) administrated the Attribution Style Questionnaire (ASQ) to swimmers. After negative feedback, optimistic swimmers swim significantly faster compared to pessimistic swimmers. Goldwurm and al. 23 (2006) showed the efficacy of an optimism training proposed by Seligman. Andrew Leeds worked in 1997 on a new protocol known as Resource Development and Installation (RDI). This protocol has been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. RDI protocol comes from EMDR that has been extensively researched and proven effective for the treatment of trauma even on athletes (Graham, 2004). An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol, called “EMDR Peak Performance protocol” has been developed by Lendl & Foster (1997) for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. This orientation leads us to go on with a nonpathologizing view developing optimistic client’s potential with the elaboration of this new protocol that we call: the EMDR optimism protocol (Laizeau and Nousse 2008). It has been developed on the basis of a study lead on rugbymen and swimmers. The aim of our study was to show that this EMDR optimism protocol can easily improve athletic performance.

Keywords: Optimism Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


94. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2009). EMDR performance and enhancement psychology protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 377-396). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology Protocol (EMDR-PEP) addresses performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibition, posttraumatic stress, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes. The EMDR-PEP can be very useful with everyday nonpathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks, and life transitions. Note: Clinicians, working with athletes require rigorous training in Sport Psychology and Sociology of Professional Sport. The EMDR-PEP encompasses a full spectrum viewpoint (body, mind, and spirit) regarding optimal functioning at work and in life. This perspective inspires clients to identify their strengths as well as areas to improve and to prioritize their work accordingly. The EMDR-PEP approach draws upon Maslow's (1971) Human Potential Movement and Positive Psychology (Amen, 2002; Buss, 2000; Csikzentmihalyi, 1990; Seligman, 1998; Taylor, Kemeny, Reed, Bower, & Gruenwald, 2000), as well as Sport Psychology Research and Principles (levleva & Orlick, 1991; Kohl, Ellis, & Roenkerm, 1992; Mamassis & Doganis, 2004; Martin, Moritz, & Hall, 1999; Nideffer, 1976; Short & Short, 2005; Simons, 2000; Unestahl, 1982), and Health Psychology (Graham, 1995; Levine, 1991; Simonton & Creighton, 1982; Whiting & den Brinker, 1982). The first single subject series (Foster & Lendl, 1996) reported promising findings with four diverse work-related situations and was republished in APA's seminal coaching papers in Consulting Psychology, The Wisdom of Coaching (Foster & Lendl, 2007). Reduced anxiety and increased self-confidence were reported for mature performing artists launching an existing repertoire into a new arena (Foster, 2000) and in a controlled study of master swimmers (Linebarger, 2005). Note: The Linebarger study included the Brief Intervention Focusing Protocol; the paper does not include inner advisor and mental room. Special attention is given to performance elements such as ability, focus, and motivation. The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology protocol Forms and Script are included. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Performance Enhancement  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


95. Holmshaw, M. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women within primary care settings is often estimated to be as high as 42% with vaginismus, pain with intercourse, anorgasmia and lack of sexual desire being most commonly reported. Additionally, major clinical complaints among women often centre on their dissatisfaction with such non-genital behaviours as affection, communication, and non-genital touching, as well as issues of attraction and passion. Despite this high prevalence of sexual disorders, and the use of psychotherapy and sexual therapy in treatment the problems women experience,this is a frequently neglected area of both research and development of new treatment tdchniques. In fact, referring to vaginismus, some authors conclude the basic strategies and methods for assessing and treating vaginismus were proposed by the early 20th Century and have not essentially changed. This paper discusses an alternative approach to treatment vaginismus and "sexual phobia" in women. By way of case study material, the use of EMDR in combination with sensate focus techniques with partner involvement, is discussed. In a significant number of cases, past trauma and severe body image disturbances were detected. EMDR was successful not only in resolving such trauma, but also in correcting distorted body image and enabling imaginary exposure to appropriate sexual behaviour.

Keywords: Sexual Dysfunction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


96. Rouanzoin, C. (2011, August). EMDR update and refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is for any clinician who has received the Basic Training in EMDR through an EMDRIA-Approved Training. The workshop will review and update information on: AIP case conceptualization; the 8 phases of EMDR treatment; developing the Target Sequencing Plan; the three prongs of EMDR treatment; and the use of cognitive interweave for stuck processing. The participants will also have an opportunity to improve their skills in the use of Floatbacks and Affect Scans. A practicum experience will help further consolidate these concepts.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Case Conceptualization  Refresher  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


97. Blanford, C., & Blanford R. (1991 December). EMDR used as a treatment in chronic pain. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(2), 8.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
My wife Carol returned from the EMDR Level I Basic Training and posed a question regarding the effectivenessof EMDR on chronic pain. It seems that if we believe that the eye movements in EMDR produce something that assists or facilitates the brain to reprocess thought, memory, and emotions, then we can speculate or hypothesize that the same procedure could effect how the brain processes chronic pain.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


98. Dellucci, H. (2011, February /March). EMDR using gearbox technique and letters. Presentation at the EMDR Association of India – Mumbai Chapter, Delhi, India .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The new protocol has been likened to the gears of a vehicle where on each speed a certain amount of work is done to deal with the trauma in a gradual fashion.
Speed zero deals with stabilization; speed 1 deals with desensitizing future fears; speed 2 touches upon desensitizing emotions or body sensations without touching on the actual trauma. At speed 3 the client works on early imprints (any issues from the age of birth to 3 years). Speed 4 deals with desensitizing present triggers and speed 5 deals with use of EMDR on past events. Helene will also be teaching how she also ingeniously uses LETTER WRITING(from the future or standard) with bilateral stimulation. The above protocol is useful even for dissociative or complex trauma clients Helene has summarized her therapy by saying: “Different clients evolve at different speeds, as a function of many parameters that we often are not able to control as therapists. Our basic assumption is that clients go as fast as they can, given their particular situation. If they slow down, it is because they have good enough reasons, whether conscious or not. What we try to avoid is them slowing down because of the therapist. Our motto is to progress as fast as possible, as long as the road and the weather permit it, and go as slowly as necessary to keep the journey secure.”

Keywords: Gearbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


99. Silvestre, M., & Morris-Smith, J. (2010, July). EMDR with children and families. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During this practical skills gaining workshop using video examples of clinical material and theoretical presentation, we will talk about basic ideas of EMDR work with children, EMDR protocol adaptation according to the child developmental level, safety and attachment issues, family dynamics and integration with family therapy work. We will discuss case conceptualisation and treatment planning through video clips analysis. The participants will be invited to bring case material and questions during the course of the workshop.

Keywords: Children  Families  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


100. Manfield, P. (2010, September/October). EMDR with difficult clients: Dyadic resourcing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces "dyadic resourcing," a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration.

Keywords: Difficult Clients  Dyadic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


101. Solomon, R. M. (2008, June). EMDR with grief and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The death of a loved one confronts people with particularly complicated challenges at a time of often unparalleled distress. This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into the treatment of grief and mourning. Understanding grief and mourning in terms of the Adaptive Information Processing model will be presented and illustrated by case presentations and videos of EMDR sessions. EMDR does not shorten the phases the mourner has to go through for adaptive assimilation and accommodation of the loss, but processes the factors that can complicate the mourning. The processes the mourner has to go through for assimilation and accommodation of the loss, and how EMDR facilitates movement through them, will be presented. Particular attention will be paid to how EMDR facilitates the emergence of adaptive inner representations. We do not lose attachments to loved ones that die, they are transformed. We move from loving in presence to loving in absence. Memories of the deceased often emerge during EMDR treatment. It is the emergence of memories of the deceased that let us know and acknowledge the meaning of the relationship, the person’s role in our lives and identity, and enable us to carry the basic security of having loved and been loved into the future. We can go forward in a world without the deceased, because we have an adaptive inner representation to take with us. Content includes: · Overview of AIP model and how it applies to grief and mourning · Acute grief as a form of traumatic stress · Common responses to loss · The six “R” processes of mourning · High-risk factors predisposing to complicated mourning · General principles of EMDR treatment in grief and mourning

Keywords: Bereavement  Grief  Mourning  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


102. Garcia, F. (2010, Abril). EMDR y el procesamiento adaptativo de la información [EMRD and adaptive processing of the information]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El EMDR se ha desarrollado como una psicoterapia integrada que se ha utilizado a nivel mundial en la última década como tratamiento empíricamente validado para el trauma. A lo largo de este tiempo, se ha hecho evidente que es posible aliviar el sufrimiento, ayudar a parar el ciclo de la violencia y abordar los devastadores efectos de la transmisión generacional. Este acercamiento psicoterapéutico utiliza un protocolo de tratamiento para acceder a los sucesos vitales perturbadores, los disparadores actuales y las experiencias futuras proyectadas, y procesarlas con una resolución adaptativa (Shapiro, 2002). Se accede a todos los aspectos de la experiencia (imaginación, creencias, afecto y sensaciones corporales), mientras de forma simultánea se da estimulación dual de la atención, por movimientos oculares bilaterales, tonos o estimulación táctil. El procesamiento de las memorias perturbadoras indica un cambio simultáneo en la cognición, el afecto y las sensaciones físicas, dando como resultado una integración adaptativa de la experiencia. Este acercamiento integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia, haciendo del EMDR aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). En esta presentación exponemos las líneas generales de este modelo psicoterapéutico a partir de la descripción del protocolo básico en EMDR que se estructura en ocho fases: 1) Recopilación sobre la historia del cliente; 2) preparación del cliente para el trabajo a realizar; 3) valorar todos los componentes de la diana de tratamiento 4) desensibilizar el material traumático objeto de la diana mediante la estimulación bilateral; 5) instalar la cognición positiva identificada; 6)revisar el cuerpo para localizar cualquier material residual sin resolver; 7) cierre de la sesión y 8) reevaluación del impacto del evento reprocesado.

EMDR has been developed as an integrated psychotherapy has used worldwide in the last decade as a treatment empirically validated for trauma. Throughout this time, it has become evident it is possible to alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence and address the devastating effects of the generational transmission. This approach uses a psychotherapeutic treatment protocol accessing disruptive life events, current triggers and projected future experiences, and process them with a resolution Adaptive (Shapiro, 2002). Access to all aspects of the experience (Imagination, beliefs, affection and bodily sensations), while in simultaneously gives dual attention stimulation for movement bilateral eye tones or tactile stimulation. The processing of memories disturbing indicates a simultaneous change in cognition, affection and physical sensations, resulting adaptive integration experience. This approach integrates elements from different schools of psychotherapy, doing the EMDR applicable to a wide variety of pathologies therapists and accessible to different orientations within a range of standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). In this paper we present the outlines of this model psychotherapeutic from the description of the basic EMDR protocol which is divided into eight phases: 1) collection on the history of the client; 2) preparing the client for the work to be performed, 3) evaluate all components treatment of the target 4) desensitize traumatic material object of the target by bilateral stimulation; 5) install cognition positively identified; 6) reviewing the body to locate any residual material unresolved; 7) logoff and 8) reassessment of the impact of reprocessed event.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


103. 范红霞 王援朝 [Fan Hongxia, & Wang Yuan-chao] (1996). EMDR心理治疗──治疗抑郁与创伤的新方法 [EMDR psychological treatment — A new treatment of depression and trauma]. 中国临床心理学杂志1996年 第02期 [Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, Issue 2].

Language: Chinese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR心理治疗──治疗抑郁与创伤的新方法范红霞,王援朝山西大学教育系心理室北京医科大学医学心理教研室EMDR(EyeMovementDesensitizationandReprocessing),即眼动脱敏和再加工,是目前对抑郁与创伤的心理治疗的新方法,这种方法产生于1987年,创始人是美国哲学博士夏皮诺(Francineshapiro)。1990年,EMDR正式作为一种新的治疗方法被传授。目前在美国已约有九千人在使用这种方法,但在我国被介绍尚属首次。一、关于EMDR的理论和实验曾有各种各样的假说被提出来解释EMDR心理疗法的作用机制,但至今尚无确凿的证据能充分证实之。有假说认为:“创伤”事件(即经验中的痛苦而难忘的事件)破坏了大脑信息加工系统的生化平衡,干扰了信息加工系统原本具有的适应性处理功能,并把个体关于这一事件的感知“锁定”在神经系统中。反复眼动,能活化大脑这一自动信息处理系统。支持这一理论的神经生物学的研究发现:持续的低电流刺激对突触电位会产生同样的持久效应而且呈现出有益的记忆。EMDR也可被看作是一种再加工方法,其基本干预步骤是图像再现、认知......(本文共计2页)

EMDR psychotherapy to treat depression and trauma ─ ─ a new method Fan Hongxia, Wang Yuanchao Shanxi University Psychology Department of Education Department of Medical Psychology, Beijing Medical Room EMDR (EyeMovementDesensitizationandReprocessing), the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, is currently on the treatment of depression and psychological trauma the new method, which produced in 1987, is the founder of the American Philosophical 博士夏皮诺 (Francineshapiro). 1990, EMDR officially as a new method of treatment is to teach. Currently there are about 9000 people in the United States using this method, but the first time was introduced in our country. First, on the theoretical and experimental EMDR had a variety of hypotheses have been proposed to explain the mechanism of action of EMDR psychotherapy, but so far there is no conclusive evidence to fully confirm it. There are hypotheses that: "traumatic" event (ie, the experience of traumatic events) destroys brain biochemical balance of information processing systems, interference with an information processing system was originally adaptive processing functions, and to individuals about this event perception "locked" in the nervous system. Repeated eye movement, can activate the brain that automated information processing systems. Support this theory neurobiological findings: Continuous low current stimulation on synaptic potentials would produce the same effect but also presents useful lasting memories. EMDR can also be seen as a re-processing method, the basic procedure is the image reproducing intervention, cognitive ...... (article 2 Pages)

Keywords: Depression  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


104. O'Brien, J. M., & Abel, N. J. (2011). EMDR, addictions, and the stages of change: A road map for intervention. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(3), 121-130. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.3.121.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A growing body of literature indicates that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be useful in the treatment of addictions. When combined with traditional addictions treatment approaches, EMDR can enhance client stability, prevent relapse, and promote recovery. Clinical decision making about when and how to use EMDR techniques with clients who present with addictions is complicated. The purpose of this article is to explore the use of EMDR interventions with clients presenting various levels of awareness of their addiction as well as varied levels of motivation to change. The authors explore the Stages of Change and suggest appropriate pre-EMDR EMDR interventions at each stage.

Keywords: Addiction  Stages of Change  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


105. 上田卓司 [Ueda Takuji]. (1998). EMDR--心理療法あるいは記憶と感情の基礎心理学のための実験パラダイム [EMDR - Experimental paradigm for psychological therapy or basic psychology of memory and emotion]. 早稲田大学大学院文学研究科科紀要。 1(44)、29から37 [Bulletin of Waseda University Graduate School of Letters, Arts and Sciences, 1 (44), 29-37].

Language: Japanese

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Keywords: Emotional Basis  Memory  Psychological Basis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


106. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2011, August). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens; and describe several coaching methods for use in EMDR consultation. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


107. Kong, C., & Lendl, J. (2012, October). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to: 1) cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation situations; 2) describe Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Theory as it applies to EMDR psychotherapy, for use in consultation; and 3) explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol in EMDR for use in consultation situations. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situation vignettes, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Consultants  Updates  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


108. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2010, September/October). EMDR-AIP update for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA Certification, and for becoming an Approved Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s Definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; and explain the eight-Phase/three-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA Certification requirements or how to become an Approved Consultant.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


109. Φαίη Γαλάνη [Galani, F.] (2011). EMDR: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing - Μια νέα ψυχοθεραπευτική μέθοδος [EMDR: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing - A new psychotherapeutic method]. Womanity, 2, 58-61.

Language: Greek

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Πρόκειται για μια καινούργια μέθοδο ψυχο-τραυματο-θεραπείας και όχι για μια νέα ψυχοθεραπευτική προσέγγιση, καθώς η άσκησή της γίνεται αποκλειστικά από ψυχολόγους με κλινική εμπειρία, στους οποίους απαραίτητα πρέπει να έχει προηγηθεί βασική εκπαίδευση σε μια από τις ποικίλες ψυχοθεραπευτικές κατευθύνσεις. Εμπνεύστρια της μεθόδου είναι η Francine Shapiro το 1989, ανώτερη επιστημονική ερευνήτρια στο Ινστιτούτο Πάλο Άλτο στην Καλιφόρνια, συγγραφέας του πρώτου εγχειριδίου για το EMDR, η οποία έχει τιμηθεί για το έργο της με το βραβείο "Διακεκριμένου επιστημονικού επιτεύγματος στην ψυχολογία".

This is a new method of psycho-traumatic therapy and not for a new psychotherapeutic approach, as the exercise becomes exclusively by psychologists with clinical experience, which necessarily be preceded basic training in one of the various psychotherapeutic orientations. Conceived method is the Francine Shapiro 1989, upper scientific researcher at the Institute of Palo Alto, California, author of the first handbook for EMDR, which has been honored for her work with the award for "Outstanding Scientific Achievement in psychology. "

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


110. Cazabat, E. H. (2004, Febrero). EMDR: Principios básicos y estado actual de este novedoso método terapéutico [EMDR: Basic principles and current state of this novel psychotherapeutic approach]. Comunicación presentada en: 5º Congreso Virtual de Psiquiatría .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares) es un abordaje terapéutico novedoso y efectivo. Desarrollado por Francine Shapiro a partir de 1987, ha concitado la atención de clínicos e investigadores, contando al día de la fecha con la mayor cantidad de estudios controlados en el campo del trauma psicológico, brindándole un sólido apoyo empírico. Integrando elementos de orientaciones tales como la psicodinámica, la cognitiva, la conductual, y la corporal, EMDR trasciende a todas ellas, constituyendo un abordaje en sí mismo. Compuesto por ocho fases claramente establecidas, EMDR brinda alivio rápido y duradero a diversos problemas.

EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a novel effective psychotherapeutic approach. Developed by Francine Shapiro since 1987, it has interested clinicians and researchers alike. Up to date, it has undergone more controlled studies in the field of psychological trauma than any other psychotherapy, which has granted it strong empirical support. Taking elements from psychodynamic, cognitive, behavioral and body-oriented approaches, EMDR surpasses them all to become an approach on its own right. EMDR, structured in eight well defined phases, provides quick and lasting relief for various psychological conflicts.

Keywords: Practice  Psychological Trauma  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


111. Derksen, M. T. H., & Baeten, B. M. (2011, April). EMDR: theorie en praktijk binnen de ziekenhuispsychiatrie [EMDR: Theory and practice within the psychiatric hospital]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Inhoud van de workshop: EMDR (eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing) is een intensieve vorm van psychotherapie voor mensen die last houden van de gevolgen van een (of meerdere) schokkende ervaring(EN). Over het effect van emdr is wetenschappelijk aangetoond dat het mogelijk is kwellende herbelevingen van vroegere gebeurtenissen kwijt te raken. emdr is, volgens (inter)nationale richtlijnen, de eerste keus bij behandeling van posttraumatische stressstoornis (PTSS). emdr maakt de in het geheugen opgeslagen traumatische ervaringen toegankelijk en activeert het natuurlijk verwerkingsproces zodat deze gebeurtenissen worden ontdaan van hun emotionele lading en een nieuwe betekenis krijgen. emdr kan ook toegepast worden bij traumagerelateerde stoornissen zoals bij angststoornissen, eetstoornissen, somatoforme stoornissen, seksuele stoornissen, verslaving en chronisch pijn. EMDR is een relatief nieuwe therapie, overigens alweer 20 jaar oud. Grondlegster is de Amerikaanse Francine Shapiro, die in 1989 een eerste versie van emdr beschreef. Door Shapiro zelf en later ook door andere therapeuten is het EMDRprotocol aangescherpt en verbeterd. Halverwege de jaren ’90 van de vorige eeuw introduceerden Ad de Jongh en Erik ten Broeke emdr in Nederland. De laatste jaren wordt er nauwelijks nog iets aan het basisprotocol veranderd of toegevoegd. De belangrijkste ontwikkelingen vinden plaats in de theorievorming en de toepassingsmogelijkheden. Hoe werkt EMDR, welke hersengebieden zijn erbij betrokken, wat is het werkzame mechanisme en bij welke stoornissen kan deze therapie worden toegepast. De kern van deze workshop is het leren kennen van recente verklaringsmodellen over de werking van emdr. De bijzondere kenmerken en effecten van EMDR en de verschillende toepassingsgebieden worden besproken. Vorm: Presentatie, geïllustreerd met videobeelden, tijd voor vragen en een interactieve discussie. Leerdoel: Na de workshop heeft de deelnemer zicht op de verschillende recente theoretische verklaringsmodellen van emdr en heeft hij kennis van het brede indicatiegebied van EMDR en de plaats van emdr binnen de psychotherapie.

Contents of the workshop: EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing) is a intensive form of psychotherapy for people that to suffer the consequences of one (or more) shocking experience (S). On the effects of EMDR has been scientifically proven that it is possible agonizing reliving past losing events. EMDR is, according to (inter) national guidelines, The first choice of treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR allows the memory traumatic experiences accessible and activates the natural process so that events are stripped of their emotional charge and a new meaning. EMDR can also be applied in trauma-related disorders such as anxiety disorders, eating disorders, somatoform disorders, sexual disorders, addiction and chronic pain. EMDR is a relatively new therapy, however already 20 years old. Founder is the U.S. Francine Shapiro, who in 1989 first version of EMDR described. By Shapiro himself and later by other therapists is EMDRprotocol strengthened and improved. Mid-90s of the last century Ad de Jongh introduced and Erik ten Broeke EMDR in the Netherlands. In recent years there hardly anything to change the basic protocol or added. The main developments are place in the theory and application. How does EMDR, which brain areas are involved, what is the active mechanism and disorders which can therapy administered. The core of this workshop is to learn Declaration of recent models on the operation EMDR. The particular characteristics and EMDR and the effects of different application are discussed. Methods: Presentation, illustrated with video, time for questions and an interactive discussion. Objective: After the workshop, the participant view of the various recent theoretical explanatory models of EMDR and has broad knowledge of the indication area of ​​EMDR and the location of EMDR in psychotherapy.

Keywords: Practice  Psychiatric Hospital  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


112. Tufnell, G. (2002). EMDR: Working with the legal system. In J. Morris-Smith (2002) EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper no. 19 (pp. 37-41) London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This paper reviews the issues with which EMDR practitioners need to be familiar when working with EMDR in a legal context. It will cover issues relating to good practice in the legal context including consent, reliability of evidence and expert witness work. It will include comparisons of hypnosis, claims of false memory, and whether or not to use or withhold EMDR before court work. The paper will assume a basic knowledge of both the legal issues affecting the work of psychotherapists in general and the basics of EMDR practice and will focus mainly on questions specifically relating to the use of EMDR in legal case.

Keywords: Law  Legal  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


113. Shapiro, F. (1997, April). EMDR:  Setting the record straight. Contemporary Psychology,APA Review of Books, 42(2), 363-364. doi:10.1037/005088 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Originally published in Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books, 1997, Vol 42(4), 363-364. Francine Shapiro comments on Jeffrey Lohr's review (see record 2004-17623-008)of Shapiro's book Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing: Basic Principles, Protocols and Procedures (see record 1995-98132-000). The author points out that Lohr has bolstered his argument by citing his own literature reviews, which are also characterized by pervasive misrepresentations of the actual data (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Tolin, & Barrett, 1995; Tolin, Montgomery, Kleinknecht, & Lohr, 1995). In his book review, Lohr questions the interpretations of the research the author gives in the text by saying that "Published accounts that cast doubt on the effect of treatment are ignored or discounted for insubstantial reasons." The author lists four criteria specified in the book for evaluating the clinical applicability of PTSD research results and states that the readers may judge if these criteria are indeed "insubstantial". Contrary to Lohr's implications, the judicious and diverse clinical applications of EMDR explored in the book have been supported by many experts in the field in conjunction with relevant published data. Rather than argue the merits of the proposed Accelerated Information Processing model or review the pervasive errors in Lohr's discussion of it, the author will allow readers to come to their own conclusions. She reaffirms here as she does throughout the text, that debates regarding the model, or the eye movements per se, are not relevant to the question of whether or not the method actually works. EMDR consists of much more than directed eye movements (or alternate stimulation). Rather, it is a complex integrative approach, drawing from psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, systems, and body-oriented therapies. More positive controlled studies support EMDR than any other treatment for PTSD (e.g., Carlson, Chemtob, Rusnak, Hedlund, & Muraoka, in press; Rothbaum, in press; Scheck, Schaeffer, & Gillette, in press; Wilson, Becker, Tinker, 1995, in press; Shapiro, 1996b). All of these studies fulfill accepted standards of objective psychometrics and independent assessors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved).

Keywords: Lohr  Point/Counterpoint  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


114. Shapiro, F. (1999). EMDR:  Working with grief. Phoenix, AZ: Zeig Tucker and Co.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Sit in on therapy with the masters! This video is part of the innovative "Brief Therapy Inside Out" series - a unique series that puts you directly in the therapy room to watch as leading therapists demonstrate their approaches in 45-minute, unrehearsed clinical sessions with real clients (not actors). EMDR founder Francine Shapiro has trained over 30,000 clinicians worldwide in her unique approach to the treatment of trauma. Known formally as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR has been used successfully in critical incident work with victims of such tragedies as the Oklahoma City bombing, with both single-incident rape and incest survivors, with survivors of chronic abuse, even with treatment-resistant Vietnam vets. Here, Shapiro illustrates her eight-phase EMDR protocol with Angie, a recovering addict struggling with the sudden loss of her lover. While the exact neural mechanisms underlying EMDR are still not precisely understood, what is clear is that with skilled use of this potent reprocessing treatment, painful experiences that used to take months or years to treat have been resolved in as few as one to three 90-minute sessions. The videotape provides a singular introduction to this powerful approach as demonstrated by its extremely skilled founder. The clinical session is preceded by an introductory interview with series hosts Drs. Jon Carlson and Diane Kjos in which Shapiro explains basic principles underlying her approach. The video closes with a Q&A segment in which key interactions from the eight-phase treatment protocol are replayed and discussed. 95 minutes.

Keywords: Grief  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


115. Quinn, G., & Zucker, D. (2008, June). Emergency EMDR & ERP (Emergency Response Procedure): Treatment following natural man made disasters for victims experiencing immediate high stress and including the period of ASD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It is believed that PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated early. Although usually used at a later time, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) Disaster Manual, was developed to deal with victims of natural and man made disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to these clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing Debriefing and ERP. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors of the earthquake in Turkey and the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war in Israel. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented and followed by a practicum. [There are 2 PDF files.]

Keywords: Emergency Response Procedure  ERP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


116. Thompson, M. M., Pasto, L., & McCreary, D. R. (2002, July). Empirical assessment of Lanius, et al.s’ “functional MRI of EMDR in peacekeepers,’ a review of the EMDR literature and an annotated bibiliography. Defence R&D Canada – Toronto, Technical Memorandum, DRDC Toronto.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This report reviews a research proposal, the major objective of which is to assess the relation between PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder) and limbic, paralimbic, and prefrontal brain function as assessed with functional MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging), and to determine whether an Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) intervention causes those structures to return to a normal mode of functioning. The proposed study secondarily explores the effectiveness of EMDR in reducing PTSD symptomatology. While the first and second objectives of the study may have scientific merit, the mandates of other funding agencies would appear to be more appropriate for investigations of basic neuroscience processes associated with brain functioning in PTSD (e.g., NSERC or CIHR). Importantly, a critical review of the EMDR research reveals that a great deal of controversy surrounds the effectiveness of this therapy. EMDR has not been shown to be more effective than presently validated PTSD exposure-based therapies, and the eye movement component of EMDR appears to provide no therapeutic benefit. Finally, there is a lack of clarity around specific items listed in the proposed budget. Given these concerns it is not recommended that this proposal be funded at this time.

Keywords: Bibliographies  Canada  Desensitizing' Magnetic Resonance Imaging  Eye Movements  Mental DIsorders  MRI  Medical Research  Order Disorder Transofrmations  Signs and Symptoms  Stress (Physiology)  Traumatic Shock  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


117. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients. There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference) 20 to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to: 1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols, 2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources, 3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts, 5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography

Keywords: Postive Psychology  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


118. du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID: Presenting a video case. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing’s basic principles, procedures and protocols direct the clinician in assisting clients to transmute negative experiences into adaptive learning experiences. EMDR is also recognised as giving resources with a positive picture to assist processing the traumatic experiences. The so-called Resource Development and Installation (RDI) is a specific strategy to strengthen the client by mobilising and strengthening positive cognitions associated with positive experiences in the past. By activating positive functional memory networks and relating the positive picture with the present, the client will be able to practise these in situations where they feel problematic. A client with ID is able to transfer a positive picture to the present. On the basis of these data, presented in a video case, we will give examples of our practise as clinicians in the mental health care of individuals with ID.

Keywords: ID  Intellectual Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


119. Ginger, S. (2008, Juillet). Enrichir la Gestalt - thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching Gestalt - EMDR therapy]. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 12(2), 70-75.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? »2 — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité. Lorsque j’aperçus, par hasard, au cours de l’un de mes fréquents déplacements aux USA, l’ouvrage de Francine Shapiro : (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, ansd Procedures, The Guilford Press, New York, 1995) qui venait de paraître, je l’achetai donc sans hésiter, et je le parcourus avidement le soir même. Au moment où une formation sérieuse à l’EMDR s’est mise en place en France avec David Servan-Schreiber, je me suis donc formé tout naturellement à cette approche nouvelle — qui prenait délibérément en compte l’activité cérébrale (même si elle n’a pas encore réussi à l’analyser de manière scientifique explicite). Aujourd’hui, il m’arrive assez fréquemment d’introduire une série de sessions d’EMDR dans le suivi d’un client — notamment lorsqu’émerge dans l’anamnèse un traumatisme psychologique majeur : décès, suicide ou accident grave d’un proche (ou du client lui-même), agression, attentat, viol, annonce d’une maladie grave, etc., ou inversement, il m’arrive de prendre des clients en urgence en EMDR, puis de poursuivre et d’élargir éventuellement la psychothérapie, en Gestalt. Je voudrais partager avec vous quelques réflexions sur une telle pratique combinée, intégrant ces deux approches. Je ne m’attarderai pas sur la description de la Gestalt-thérapie, puisqu’il s’agit d’une méthode maintenant largement connue — bien que les styles en soient assez variés. J’ai, pour ma part, développé une approche holistique prenant en compte les cinq dimensions principales de l’être (cf. Le Pentagramme de Ginger). Je voudrais signaler, au passage, que la Gestalt-thérapie est devenue aujourd’hui l’une des méthodes les plus pratiquées au monde; ainsi, en France, elle a conquis aujourd’hui le 2e rang, après la psychanalyse, et bien avant les TCC (thérapies cognitivo-comportementales), les thérapies familiales et les autres thérapies humanistes.

I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "2 - when I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections, and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness. When I saw by chance during one of my frequent trips to the USA, the work of Francine Shapiro: (Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitizer, Basic Principles, Protocols, Procedures ANSD, The Guilford Press, New York 1995) which had just appeared, so I bought it without hesitation, and I eagerly traveled the same evening. Just as serious training in EMDR was introduced in France with David Servan-Schreiber, so I trained quite naturally to this new approach - which deliberately took into account the brain activity (even if it has yet to analyze it scientifically explicit). Today, it happens frequently enough to introduce a series of sessions of EMDR in the monitoring of a client - including lorsqu'émerge in history a major psychological trauma, including death, suicide or serious accident of a closest (or the client itself), assault, attack, rape, announcement of a serious illness, etc.. or vice versa, I sometimes take clients emergency EMDR, then continue and possibly expand psychotherapy, Gestalt. Let me share with you some thoughts on this practice combined, integrating these two approaches. I will not dwell on the description of Gestalt therapy, since it is a method now widely known - although the styles are quite varied. For my part, developed a holistic approach taking into account the five main dimensions of being (cf. The Pentagram Ginger). I should note in passing that Gestalt therapy is now one of the most practiced in the world and in France it has won today the second largest, after psychoanalysis and long before CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy), family therapy and other therapies humanists.

Keywords: Gestalt Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


120. Ginger, S. (2007, Juin ). Enrichir la gestalt - Thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching gestalt - EMDR therapy]. Document présenté au Congrès de l' European Association for Psychotherapy Europan (EA), Florence, Italie.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? » — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité. Lorsque j’aperçus, par hasard, au cours de l’un de mes fréquents déplacements aux USA, l’ouvrage de Francine Shapiro : (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, ansd Procedures, The Guilford Press, New York, 1995) qui venait de paraître, je l’achetai donc sans hésiter, et je le parcourus avidement le soir même. Au moment où une formation sérieuse à l’EMDR s’est mise en place en France avec David Servan-Schreiber, je me suis donc formé tout naturellement à cette approche nouvelle — qui prenait délibérément en compte l’activité cérébrale (même si elle n’a pas encore réussi à l’analyser de manière scientifique explicite). Aujourd’hui, il m’arrive assez fréquemment d’introduire une série de sessions d’EMDR dans le suivi d’un client — notamment lorsqu’émerge dans l’anamnèse un traumatisme psychologique majeur : décès, suicide ou accident grave d’un proche (ou du client lui-même), agression, attentat, viol, annonce d’une maladie grave, etc., ou inversement, il m’arrive de prendre des clients en urgence en EMDR, puis de poursuivre et d’élargir éventuellement la psychothérapie, en Gestalt. Je voudrais partager avec vous quelques réflexions sur une telle pratique combinée, intégrant ces deux approches. Je ne m’attarderai pas sur la description de la Gestalt-thérapie, puisqu’il s’agit d’une méthode maintenant largement connue — bien que les styles en soient assez variés. J’ai, pour ma part, développé une approche holistique prenant en compte les cinq dimensions principales de l’être (cf. Le Pentagramme de Ginger). Je voudrais signaler, au passage, que la Gestalt-thérapie est devenue aujourd’hui l’une des méthodes les plus pratiquées au monde ; ainsi, en France, elle a conquis aujourd’hui le 2e rang, après la psychanalyse, et bien avant les TCC (thérapies cognitivo-comportementales), les thérapies familiales et les autres thérapies humanist.

I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "- Where I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness. When I saw by chance during one of my frequent trips to the USA, the work of Francine Shapiro: (Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitizer, Basic Principles, Protocols, Procedures ANSD, The Guilford Press, New York 1995) which had just appeared, so I bought it without hesitation, and I eagerly traveled the same evening. Just as serious training in EMDR was introduced in France with David Servan-Schreiber, so I trained quite naturally to this new approach - which deliberately took into account the brain activity (even if it has yet to analyze it scientifically explicit). Today, it happens frequently enough to introduce a series of sessions of EMDR in the monitoring of a client - including lorsqu'émerge in history a major psychological trauma, including death, suicide or serious accident of a closest (or the client itself), assault, attack, rape, announcement of a serious illness, etc.. or vice versa, I sometimes take clients emergency EMDR, then continue and possibly expand psychotherapy, Gestalt. Let me share with you some thoughts on this practice combined, integrating these two approaches. I will not dwell on the description of Gestalt therapy, since it is a method now widely known - although the styles are quite varied. For my part, developed a holistic approach taking into account the five main dimensions of being (cf. The Pentagram Ginger). I should note in passing that Gestalt therapy is now one of the most practiced in the world and in France it has won today the second largest, after psychoanalysis and long before CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy), family therapy and other therapies humanist.

Keywords: Gestalt Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


121. Gracheck, K. A. (2010). Evaluating the efficacy of EMDR as an athletic performance enhancement intervention. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. 3433356.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is traditionally regarded as a treatment for trauma; however, recent literature suggested that EMDR is also a promising athletic performance enhancement intervention. Sport psychology literature cited the need for scientifically sound research investigating new performance enhancement interventions. This study answered that call and sought to determine the validity of theories speculating about the efficacy of EMDR in sport. An internationally competitive cyclist participated in a case study investigating the efficacy of a unique EMDR protocol designed specifically for sport. The protocol integrated Resource Development and Installation, typically conducted during Phase 8, into Phase 2. Quantitative and qualitative results demonstrated that EMDR had a positive impact on measurable performance outcomes, performance anxiety, self-esteem, and motivation.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


122. Naccarato, C. (2008). The experience of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing as a therapeutic approach in healing trauma. University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL. AAT 3306738.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Grounded theory method was used to explore the experiences of patients suffering the effects of psychological trauma who had received eye movement desensitization and reprocessing approach (EMDR) as treatment. Saturation of the categories was achieved with the analysis of 15 interviews. The basic social psychological process that emerged is transforming suffering and the core category is changes in perception. The three subcategories, relinquishing, presencing and emerging, form the conceptual framework for the stages of transforming suffering. The stages of relinquishing, presencing and emerging contain concepts and their properties to guide practice. The two dimensions of processing subsumed within each stage are temporal perspectives (past, present and future) and processing fields (physical field, cognitive field and transformative field). These concepts help explain the progression of the patient to experience resolution of the trauma and/or related symptoms/behaviors. Transforming suffering: changes in perception using EMDR is the resultant substantive theory. The implications of this theoretical framework for psychotherapeutic practice and future research are reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 69(3-B), 2008, pp. 1571.

Keywords: Empirical Study  Grounded Theory  Quantitative Study  Therapeutic Processes  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


123. Bradshaw, R., & Cook, A. (1999, June). An exploration of the one eye technique. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) understand and conceptualize the one eye technique; 2) demonstrate a basic understanding of the technique and its applciations; 3) demonstrate a simple "self-help" aspect of one eye technique which they can use with a distressed client; and 3) describe the situations in which one eye technique might have application.

Keywords: One Eye Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


124. Lee, C., Gavriel, H., & Richards, J. (1996, November). Eye movement desensitisation: Past research, complexities, and future directions. Australian Psychologist, 31(3), 168-173. doi:10.1080/00050069608260202.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper reviews the present state of knowledge about the efficacy of eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) as a treatment for traumatic memories, and draws on information-processing theory to identify basic problems with much of the research on this procedure. The general failure of this research to take into account the complexity and hypothesised theoretical underpinnings of EMDR is discussed, and suggestions are made for future research. Although EMDR has shown some promise as an effective intervention for PTSD, well controlled comparative outcome studies are required to establish its efficacy before investigation of its active therapeutic components should be undertaken. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Emotional Trauma  Literature Review  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


125. Luber, M. (2012). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols with summary sheets CD-ROM version: Basic and special situations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing, ISBN-13:9780826193414.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
These scripted protocols and summary sheets in a fill-in PDF format offer the EMDR practitioner an adjunct to the chapters of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations. The excerpted digitalized scripts give the clinician a unique opportunity to record data on the computer or as a hard copy. In addition, there are new summary sheets for each chapter to condense the data collected, allowing for quick retrieval. These digital scripts and summary sheets assist in protocol information retrieval for different populations, and facilitate the gathering and organization of important client data, as well as case conceptualization. These forms are available as a digital download or on a CD-ROM and are compatible with any computer or device that supports PDF. Special populations addressed include children, adolescents, couples, and clients suffering from complex posttraumatic stress disorder, dissociative disorders, anxiety, addictive behaviors, and severe pain. Key Features: •Available in an expandable and editable digital format for easy access and customized tailoring •Provides concise summary sheets for quick information retrieval and case conceptualization •Facilitates gathering and organization of protocol and client data •Assists in the formulation of concise and clear treatment plans •Offers select scripts and summary sheets customized for client populations •Includes templates for repeat use

Keywords: Scripted Protocols  Special Populations  Summary Sheets  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


126. Shapiro, F. (1998). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Accelerated information processing and affect-driven constructions. Crisis Intervention and Time-Limited Treatment, 4(2-3), 145-157 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Serves as an introduction to the primary concepts and procedures of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), as well as briefly reviews the present state of research on its efficacy in the area of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR is a complex method that incorporates salient aspects of many of the major therapeutic modalities. The basic underlying principles are elucidated in the Accelerated Information Processing model which posits the ability to directly access and process dysfunctional perceptions that were stored at the time of the traumatic event. These state-dependent perceptions are considered the primary cause of posttraumatic stress symptomatology. Additionally, rigid and maladaptive schemata are assumed to be caused by earlier life experiences that are dysfunctionally stored. The primary goal of EMDR is to release clients from the non-adaptive bonds of the past, thereby providing them with the ability to make positive and flexible choices in the present. Current research on EMDR substantiates its ability to rapidly and effectively process the targeted event and attendant traumata. The eight phases of treatment are considered necessary to resolve the somatically-based pathologies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Primary Concepts and Procedures  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


127. Tye, J. A. (2001, August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder and other psychological traumas:  A decade of research in review. United States International University, San Diego, CA. AAT 3006172.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new complex treatment method that incorporates salient aspects of many of the major therapeutic modalities as a treatment for PTSD and other psychological trauma in a civilian population. One of the basic underlying principles is elucidated in the Accelerated Processing Model which posits the ability to access and process dysfunctional perceptions that were stored at the time of the traumatic event. These state-dependent perceptions are considered the primary cause of posttraumatic stress symptomatology.The purpose of this review was to investigate whether the EMDR method is an efficacious treatment for individuals diagnosed with PTSD, as reflected in a critical review of the literature from the initial study conducted in 1989 through 2000. The review included the history and background, development, and research to date of EMDR as a method of treatment for PTSD. A description was provided of the psychometric instruments utilized in the assessment; diagnosis; and measurement of the presence, absence, and level of severity of PTSD symptomatology, as described in the research literature of EMDR. Of special concern was the discrepancy between the diagnostic criteria and the presence, absence, and level of severity of PTSD symptomology as described in the treatment outcomes presented in the literature. Included were criteria for assessment instrument comparison, as well as the current limitations in assessment conformity and methodology which restrict the generalizability and assumptions about the way in which traumatic experiences manifest and influence treatment outcomes. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Empirical Study  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


128. Hase, M. H. (2006). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing zur beeinflussung des cravings alkoholabhängiger [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing to influence of cravings of alcohol]. Aus der Abteilung PsychosomatischeMedizin und Psychotherapie der Medizinischen Hochschule Hannover.

Language: German

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Klinische Erfahrung und Ergebnisse der experimentellen Suchtforschung weisen auf die Existenz eines Suchtgedächtnisses hin (Heyne, May et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Spanagel 2001). Nach wie vor ist dies Konzept jedoch umstritten (Böning 2000; Tretter 2000; Wolffgramm and Heyne 2000). Dabei könnte eine mögliche therapeutische Beeinflussung eines Suchtgedächtnisses von erheblicher Bedeutung sein. Die etablierten Therapieangebote der Suchtmedizin versuchen eine angenommene und je nach theoretischem Hintergrund unterschiedliche Grundstörung zu behandeln, zielen auf ein verbessertes Coping, beeinflussen aber kaum die zugrunde liegenden Mechanismen der Abhängigkeit sui generis. Eine tiefgreifende Veränderung der Abhängigkeit ist somit nicht zu erwarten. Vielmehr liegt die Abhängigkeit beständig „auf der Lauer“ (Böning 2001b). Eine Aktivierung des Suchtgedächtnisses wird mit dem Phänomen des Suchtdrucks, des Cravings in Verbindung gebracht und ist hier im Kern der Abhängigkeit, dem Verlust an Kontrolle über das eigene Verhalten, zu sehen. Die therapeutische Beeinflussung des Cravings wird aufgrund der großen Bedeutung für eine Abstinenz zum Beispiel bei Alkoholabhängigen intensiv erforscht. Bisher wurden vordringlich medikamentöse Strategien untersucht. Obwohl hier einige Fortschritte erreicht wurden (Böning 1999; Croissant 2004; Croissant, Scherle et al. 2004 (b)), können die vorliegenden Ergebnisse noch nicht zufrieden stellen (Wiesbeck, Weijers et al. 1999; Wiesbeck,Weijers et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Schmidt, Kuhn et al. 2002; Körkel and Schindler 2003). Zudem ist in Anbetracht des Leib-Seele-Dualismus ein psychotherapeutischer Ansatz zur Ergänzung der medikamentösen Anti-Craving-Behandlung wünschenswert. Dabei ist in Anbetracht des intensiven Leidens abhängiger Menschen und der sozioökonomischen Belastung durch Abhängigkeitserkrankungen eine Effektivierung der Therapie von großerWichtigkeit.

Clinical experience and results of the experimental addiction research point to the existence of a Suchtgedächtnisses (Heyne, May et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Spanagel 2001). As before, this concept remains controversial (Boening 2000; Tretter, 2000; Wolff grams and Heyne 2000). This could be a possible therapeutic influence Suchtgedächtnisses one of considerable importance. The established treatment of Addiction Medicine offers an accepted and try to treat depending on the theoretical background of different basic fault, are aimed at improved coping influence, but hardly the underlying mechanisms of dependence sui generis. A profound change in the dependence is unlikely to happen. Rather, the dependence is constantly on the lookout "(Böning 2001b). Activation of the Suchtgedächtnisses is the phenomenon of craving, the Cravings brought together and is at the core of addiction, the loss seen in control over one's behavior. The therapeutic influence of craving is studied intensively because of the great importance for abstinence, for example, in alcoholics. So far, urgent medical strategies have been investigated. Although some progress has been achieved here (Boening 1999; Croissant 2004; Croissant, Scherle et al. 2004 (b)), these results may not satisfy (Wiesbeck, Weijers et al. 1999; Wiesbeck, Weijers et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Schmidt, Kuhn et al. 2002; Koerkel and Schindler 2003). Moreover, in view of the mind-body dualism, a psychotherapeutic approach to supplement the anti-craving drug treatment desirable. This is in view of the intense suffering of dependent people and the socio-economic burden of disease, more effective, depending on the treatment of großerWichtigkeit.

Keywords: Alcoholism  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


129. Shapiro, F. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols, and procedures, 1st Ed. New York: Guilford Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book reviews research and development; discusses theoretical constructs and possible underlying mechanisms; and presents protocols and procedures for treatment of adults and children with a range of complaints. Among the many clinical populations for whom the material is this volume is applicable are victims of sexual abuse, violence, combat, grief, and phobias.To assist the learning process, detailed descriptions and transcripts guide the clinician through every stage of therapeutic treatment, ranging from the safety issues necessary for appropriate client selection through the administration of EMDR and its integration within a comprehensive treatment plan. Only licensed mental health professionals, or those under direct supervision of licensed clinicians, should use the procedures and protocols in this book. The book has been written with four kinds of readers in mind: academicians, researchers, clinicians, and clinical graduate students. [Adapted from Text]

Keywords: Abuse  Adults  Assessment  Child Abuse  Children  DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Dissociative Symptoms  Incest  Methodology  Neurophysiology  Patient Selection  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Rape  Spouse  Survivors  Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


130. Shapiro, F. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols, and procedures, 2nd Ed. New York: Guilford Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book reviews research and development; discusses theoretical constructs and possible underlying mechanisms; and presents protocols and procedures for treatment of adults and children with a range of complaints. Among the many clinical populations for whom the material is this volume is applicable are victims of sexual abuse, violence, combat, grief, and phobias. To assist the learning process, detailed descriptions and transcripts guide the clinician through every stage of therapeutic treatment, ranging from the safety issues necessary for appropriate client selection through the administration of EMDR and its integration within a comprehensive treatment plan. Only licensed mental health professionals, or those under direct supervision of licensed clinicians, should use the procedures and protocols in this book. The book has been written with four kinds of readers in mind: academicians, researchers, clinicians, and clinical graduate students. [Adapted from Text of 1st Edition]

Keywords: Adults  Assessment  Child Abuse  Children  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Dissociative Symptoms  Incest  Methodology  Neurophysiology  Patient Selection  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Rape  Spouse Abuse  Survivors  Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


131. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Wilson, D. (1992, July). Eye movement desensitization useful against anxiety, trauma. The California Psychologist, 20.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure, developed by Francine Shapiro, Ph.D., was introduced as a new rapid treatment for anxiety and related traumata. Dr. Shapiro serendipitously discovered that lateral eye movements (saccades) produced a decrease in distress associated with dysfunctional thoughts. The basic protocol for integrating EMDR into clinical work involves the client performing sets of saccades (usually when tracking the therapist's finger) while visualizing a disturbing image, thinking a disconcerning thought or focusing on an unpleasant affect. The result is - often a rapid working through of even strong negative feelings, a disappearance of the upsetting images and a facilitation of cognitive restructuring of dysfunctional thoughts.

Keywords: Anxiety  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


132. Kaslow, F. W. (2007). Family systems theories and therapeutic applications: A contextual overview. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 35-75). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The purpose of this chapter is to provide a kaleidoscopic overview of the field of family therapy/psychology within which the ensuing chapters can be better understood. To accomplish this massive task within the space limits set, the same format has been followed in the summarization of each of the main theoretical schools. Common key dimensions found in almost all theories are highlighted. The dimensions covered are a synopsis of the theory's basic structure and goals, the techniques and process of each school of therapy, its perceived treatment applicability, and process and/or outcome research on the methodology. Wherever possible, chapters in the book are alluded to in which the author selectively integrates a particular theoretical perspective and treatment approach with his or her Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) clinical work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


133. Phillips, M. (2000). Finding the energy to heal: How EMDR, hypnosis, TFT, imagery, and body-focused therapy can help restore mindbody health. (1st ed.) New York: Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
I have found that more traditional models of psychological healing, such as self-object relations, ego psychology, cognitive behaviorism, and developmental psychology, along with theories of trauma, dissociation, and attachment, are invaluable in helping to identify the general patterns of disharmony that can activate illness. Once my clients and I have sketched the broad outlines of where and how their pathways to healing may be blocked, then we can use the relatively more precise implements of hypnosis, EMDR, imagery, and body-focused therapies to reopen them again. The basic strategy illustrated throughout this book, then, is one of combining traditional psychological models for assessment with special tools to activate energy shifts that can rebalance the mindbody system.Three kinds of common stressors associated with problematic health provide the framework for this book: (1) General stress-related symptoms; (2) Psychophysiological symptoms that result from posttraumatic stress; (3) Stress connected with organic conditions. [Adapted from Text, pp. xiv, xv] [Pilots]

Keywords: Body Psychotherapy  Cognitive Therapy  Ego State Therapy  Hypnotherapy  Stressors  Survivors  TFT: Thought Field Therapy    

Accuracy Verified: Yes


134. Scholz, R. (2010, June). From mass trauma to chosen trauma - some discriminations and their therapeutic relevance. In Complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The paper is about what usually is referred to as collective trauma and specifies this term. 'Collective trauma' here is used as a generic term that covers mass trauma, so called 'simple' large group trauma and chosen trauma. These different types are defined and the process and conditions are explored that is needed to transform mass suffering into large group trauma and then into chosen trauma. Emphasis is laid on the process' time dimension, which is connected to different types of memory (body memories, communicative memory, cultural memory) modes of transition and functions for the psychic life of a group and its members. The basic assumption is that trauma always is relational and thus contains a group dimension that is often ignored and to a certain degree in some cases for practical reasons is ignorable in treatment. But in the area of collective trauma this dimension has to be put into the foreground to gain a sound understanding from the processes involved. The paper tries - to provide EMDR-therapist with a theoretical background to discriminate between different types of collective trauma, - to foster an understanding of different types of memories connected to these different trauma types, - to convey the knowledge that different types of collective trauma due to the different dynamics involved ask for different types of actions, - to give a tool to understand when and to what extend EMDR treatment is the method of choice and what else or different is needed in heaping people to overcome collective trauma. The innovation is a classification of collective trauma connecting it too different types of memories that cause different processes. That allows getting out of the sometimes gloomy use of the term "collective trauma". The high emotional as well as moral loading always connected to traumatic experiences tend to obscure a clear view on the processes at work. But a sound understanding is needed to take appropriate measures in the different areas.

Keywords: Mass Trauma  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


135. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


136. Ankersmit, E. (1992, May). From worthless to working. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(1), 3-4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Julie, age 40, came to therapy depressed and feeling "stuck." She was married to a verbally, and, at times, physically abusive man, and had recently quit her job. As a child, she had been verbally abused and beaten by an emotionally removed andcritical father. She was intelligent and had basic strength and humor.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


137. Pagani, M. (2013, June). Functional and structural neuroimaging and EEG monitoring related to EMDR and CBT treatments for PTSD. Presentation at the 13th annual conference for the European Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ESTSS), Bologna, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the recent past several neuroimaging studies aimed at evaluating the neural correlates of PTSD-related psychotherapies revealing their neurobiological effects on brain function. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and electroencephalography (EEG) detected changes in cerebral blood flow and neuronal activation patterns, identifying the brain areas implicated in the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorder. Investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed PTSD-related structural changes. The first part of the workshop will review the neuroimaging methodologies and findings in PTSD treatment-related research with an extensive review of previous literature on the neurobiological effects of the various psychotherapies. The second part will deal with the description and implementation in research and clinic of neuropsychological testing with brief comments and discussion about their use in recent studies published by our group. In the third part the EEG monitoring of a complete set of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapies in 30 patients suffering of major trauma as compared to 20 healthy controls will be presented. These findings will also be compared to the neurobiological effects of trauma-focussed Cognitive Behavioural Therapy in a second group of psychologically traumatized clients. The results are the first report ever on the neurobiological changes occurring before, during and after PTSD-related psychotherapies shedding light on the neuronal processes underlying their clinical efficacy. The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience (1) the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind neuroimaging techniques (SPECT, EEG and MRI) and their possible applications in research and clinic; (2) the up-dated critical knowledge of the published papers in the field of PTSD-related psychotherapies functional and anatomical studies; (3) the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to start, take part and/or collaborate to functional studies in order to better understand the neural basis of psychotherapeutic techniques. The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the current neuroscience PTSD-related research and of the neuroimaging methodologies available at the moment.

Accuracy Verified: Yes


138. Spindler, C. (2007, June). Gentle EMDR: A precursor to standard EMDR protocol. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the last few years several EMDR clinicians have introduced new approaches which have expanded on EMDR. Two examples are Ricky Greenwald's techniques for 'running a movie' and David Grand's performance enhancement techniques using visualization. GENTLE EMDR is a similar expansion of standard protocol. GENTLE EMDR follows basic EMDR protocol with additional emphasis on the emotions and body sensations connected to the target. Visualilzation is then tuilized to release these emotions and sensations one at a time until the target shows a SUDS of 0. At this point, positive cognitions are installed. The advantage of visualization is that it buffers the emotions with associated with the target, thus reducing abreactions, dissociations and resistance to further EMDR treatment. One advantage of Gentle EMDR is that a client does not need to face the target directly because emotions and body sensations are broken down into management segments. Thus, Gentle EMDR works well with clients who are too fragile to tolerate the standard protocol. One example of the use of visualization would be if the target is "being physically attacked." Clients are first asked what they feel when they think of the attack and where they feel it in their body. Next, clients are asked to visualize a river passing them, while they sit in a protective (safe) place. Finally, clients are asked how the water would appear if it was the identified emotion (such as a particular color) and to let the water flow past until the appearance of the emotional reaction dissipates. Once this is done, clients are asked to name the next emotion that eminates when thinking about the physical attack, allowing the water to 'clear' that emotion as well. When the emotions are approached in this way, the target typically becomes neutralized. The entire process is done using bilateral stimulation. Gentile EMDR is easily taught and has been well received by clinicians at Univerities and Clinical Practices in the United States.

Keywords: Poster  Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


139. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.

Keywords: Basic Protocol  Three-Pronged Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


140. Forgash, C. A., & Copeley, M. (2008). Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"This book pioneers the integration of EMDR with ego state techniques and opens new and exciting vistas for the practitioners of each." --From the foreword by John G. Watkins, PhD, founder of ego state therapy "This is a book about polypsychism and trauma. It offers a number of creative syntheses of EMDR with several models of polypsychism. It also surveys and includes many other models of contemporary trauma theory and treatment techniques. The reader will appreciate its enrichment with case examples and very generous bibliographic material. If you are a therapist who works with patients who have been traumatized, you will want this book in your library." --Claire Frederick, MD, Distinguished Consulting Faculty, Saybrook Graduate School and Research Center "Training in EMDR seems to have spread rapidly among therapists in recent years. In the process, awareness is growing that basic EMDR training may not be adequate to prepare clinicians to effectively treat the many cases of complex trauma and dissociation that are likely to be encountered in general practice. By integrating it with ego state therapy, this book may just serve as a crucial turning point in the development of EMDR by providing a model for productively applying it to the treatment of this important and sizeable clinical population." --Steven N. Gold, PhD, President Elect, APA Division of Trauma The powerful benefits of EMDR in treating PTSD have been solidly validated. In this groundbreaking new work nine master clinicians show how complex PTSD involving dissociation and other challenging diagnoses can be treated safely and effectively. They stress the careful preparation of clients for EMDR and the inclusion of ego state therapy to target the dissociated ego states that arise in response to severe and prolonged trauma. [Springer]

Keywords: Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


141. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


142. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of clients with mental disability (MH/MR)(Objective #1). At first, behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies, it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adopted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population.
EMDR, given it primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model (Objective #2). Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients (Objective #3).
A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with client with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clip of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR (Objective #4).
The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own (Objective #5).

Keywords: Mental Disability  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


143. Seubert, A. (2006, September). The heart with a door: An EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades clinical experience, as well as research, has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioral therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight,and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and "right-brain" functioning to be impactful with this population. EMDR, given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the "phase model" aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania, as well as anecdotal reports, will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clips of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR. The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own.

Keywords: Mental Retardation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


144. Seubert, A. (2008, June). A heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counselling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centred, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favour of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population. EMDR, given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clips of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR. The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own.

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


145. Seubert, A. (2005, September). The heart with a door:  EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Session video clips, as well as anecdotal reports on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. This presentation will emphasize the "phase model" aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. Specific therapeutic issues common to this population will be highlighted while employing an expanded definition of the word "trauma."

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


146. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2005, November). Het EMDR protocol: werk in uitvoerig [The EMDR protocol: A work in progress). Presentatie aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sinds de introductie van EMDR heeft het basis-protocol veel veranderingen doorgemaakt, zowel in de Verenigde Staten als daarbuiten. Voor een deel waren dat min of meer cosmetische aanpassingen, maar verscheidene aanpassingen zijn ingegeven door culturele, conceptueel-inhoudelijke of technische overwegingen. Een deel van de aanpassingen zijn afkomstig van Shapiro zelf, een ander deel is voortgekomen uit ervaringen in de praktijk. De afgelopen jaren is met name sprake geweest van tekstuele aanpassingen die er op gericht zijn de lastigste stukken in het EMDR-protocol (bijvoorbeeld de vraag: “Welke uitspraak over u zelf past daar het beste bij?”) te vereenvoudigen en (vooral) sneller en doelgerichter te komen tot - wat wij graag noemen - 'scherpstellen'.
Deze workshop is bedoeld voor iedereen die de afgelopen 3 jaar geen oficiele EMDR (basis of vervolg) opleiding heeft gevolgd. Stilgestaan wordt bij de doelstelling, de structuur en (vooral) de actuele, exacte formuleringen in het EMDR-protocol van 2005. Telkens zal worden aangegeven wat de achtergrond van de doorgevoerde aanpassingen is. De verwachting is dat het huidige protocol zich soepeler laat toepassen in de therapeutische praktijk. En dat is goed voor zowel therapeuten als patiënten.

Since the introduction of the basic EMDR protocol made many changes, both in the United States and abroad. In part, some were more or less cosmetic changes, but modifications are motivated by several cultural, conceptual, technical or substantive considerations. Some of the changes come from Shapiro herself, somechanges arose from practical experience. In recent years there has been some particular textual changes at AIM. The most difficult pieces in the EMDR protocol (e.g. the question: "Which statement best fits with yourself about you?") To simplifying and (especially) faster and targeted to achieve - what we like to call it - 'Focus'.
This workshop is for anyone over the past three years of no company EMDR Approved (or basic) education followed. Stood is the objectifying, structuring and (Especially) the current, exact genesis of the EMDR protocol or 2005. Each will be given the background to the adjustments is. The expectation is that the current protocol allows more flexible use in therapeutic practice. And that's good for bone healing therapists and patients.

Keywords: Standard Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


147. Stickgold, R., Smyth, N., & Foster, S. (1999, June). How EMDR works – What we know and what we need to find out:  Directions for basic research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn about current basic research on the mechanism of action of EMDR; 2) learn about planned future research; 3) participate in dicussions of other possible directions for basic research; and 4) investgate the relationship between this basic research and more clinical research into EMDR.

Keywords: Mechanism of Action  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


148. van der Berg, D., van der Vleugel, P., & de Bont, P. (2013, June). How to treat trauma in psychosis. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research shows that the majority of people with hallucinations or delusions have been the victimized during childhood. Experiencing childhood trauma triples the chance of psychosis in adulthood. Cognitive research shows that negative basic ideas about self and others are important mediators of the relationship between trauma and psychosis. Paranoia appears to be related to childhood interpersonal victimisation and emotional neglect and auditory verbal hallucinations are strongly linked to childhood sexual abuse.
EMDR can be used to desensitize traumatic experiences that keep intruding into awareness with strong negative emotional valence (first method) and to target experiences that have led to negative core beliefs about self and others (second method). We have developed a model for implementing the two method approach of EMDR in a broader cognitive behavioural therapy for psychosis. The rationale of this model will be shown and conceptualizing EMDR for psychosis will be practiced. Clinical vignettes will be shown to illustrate EMDR for psychosis.
Learning objectives: Know that trauma influences psychotic symptoms, Understand how EMDR can influence paranoia and hallucinations, and Be able to conceptualize EMDR for these symptoms

Keywords: Psychosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


149. Handberg, H. H. (2007, June). Implications of "unity of duality" Tibetan psychology and philosophy in regard to psychotherapy and personal development and its correlations to EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the Tibetan psychology and philosophy, the understanding that what we identify as the object does not exist as such independently of the experiencing subject is – at all levels of mind – essential. The subject perceives the object at a conceptual, feeling and sense level. In other words, as individuals we create the object at these three levels, and it becomes an integral part of our reality experience.
Tibetan Psychology has as it basis an understanding of the nature and functioning of the mind in its many different states of experiences. However, it does not see the mind-experience as an isolated phenomenon. It sees the body and mind as mutually interdependent and interdetermining on all levels – from both an ordinary level of body and mind to the basic energy level. The former is characteristic by an experience of great separation, and the latter by the experience of the inseparability of the body/mind.
In accordance with Tibetan metaphysics matter emerges from four basic “energy origins,” such that energy is seen as both the basis of matter, and is continuously pervading matter. From the energy resource all forms of existence arise and return again in a continuous movement of birth, existence and death, taking places every instant of time. It is because of the relationship of subject and object that we can change our object-experience, as well as our experience of the world and of the situations which arise in it.
Tibetan psychology maintains in this respect that the notion of self or self-identity is the core around which psychological patterns and the reality of the individual develop. The transformation process of an adequate self-identity into a healthier an less artificial identity takes the adept or client through the following process of change: (1) from a solid form level of the problematic subject/object experience, (2) to an energy level, taking us beyond the artificial identity and connect experience of reality, and (23) back into a new creation o the form level, into a new an more genuine experience of oneself and reality. Thus, when applying the insight of this basic interrelatedness of body and mind, subject and object and energy and matter – Unity in Duality – the experience of self-identity and that of the object undergoes a change, and the former problematic subject/object is transcended. The Tibetan self-development methods and the Tibetan psychotherapeutic methods, which Tarab Tulku has developed, deal essentially with healing and strengthening of the self-feeling and refining the self-reference/self-identity. It gives the theoretical analysis for changing the experience of self and the surroundings – of changing the approximation of reality – and it offers adequate psychotherapeutic as wall as self-development methods for its attainment. All in the Tibetan psychology and psychotherapy gives a new and valuable perspective, foundation and method supplementing and enriching Western Psychology in general and EMDR in particular.

Keywords: Poster  Tibet  Unity of Duality  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


150. Henry-Schneider, P. (2013, May). The importance of working with the mind/body system. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ai Chi is a moving meditation in warm water. It is a powerful way to reinforce the body as a positive resource, because it is a multimodal experience. Ai Chi involves being aware of the body in a warm, supportive, nurturing environment. As Bessel van der Kolk points out, “Our brains will continue to take in new information and construct new realities as long as our bodies feel safe.” (2003) Ai Chi reinforces feelings of safety, allowing clients to build upon positive memories and to release negative ones. Ai Chi can be integrated into various stages of the EMDR model. Given an increased awareness of the significance of somatic interventions, an introduction to a little-known modality is important. Utilizing concepts of interpersonal neurobiology developed by Daniel Siegel, levels of integration that constitute mental health will be explored. It will become clear that the characteristics that represent integration are paralleled and reinforced by the Ai Chi process. This puts both EMDR and Ai Chi within a broader context and demonstrates how Ai Chi can reinforce and expand the effects of EMDR. The experience of incorporating a sense of well-being becomes both literal and metaphorical. Participants will learn some of the movements on land and also watch a video of the process. Not only is Ai Chi suitable for most populations, it is particularly helpful for people with chronic pain issues as well as an older population. Learning Objectives: • Come to a basic understanding of mental health from an interpersonal neurobiological point of view • Learn about the practice of Ai Chi • Explore how combining EMDR and Ai Chi can promote the 9 levels of integration described by Daniel Siegel MD • Hear about specific cases and how combining EMDR and Ai Chi has contributed to the resolution of a variety of mental health issues • Experience Ai Chi and/or watch video demonstrating Ai Chi.

Keywords: Ai Chi  Mind/Body Connection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


151. Parnell, L. (2012, June). Integrating an attachment repair orientation into EMDR treatment for clients with relational trauma [EMDR centrado en el apego: Curar el trauma relacional]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment-­‐focused EMDR is a new model of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) developed over a period of nineteen years by psychologist and EMDR trainer Dr. Laurel Parnell that adapts this powerful and effective trauma therapy to the needs of clients with attachment wounds. In this workshop you will learn how the standard EMDR protocol can be modified so that it flows more easily, supports client safety, maintains the therapeutic connection and enhances attunement. Attachment-­‐focused EMDR is client-­‐centered and emphasizes a reparative therapeutic relationship, using a combination of Resource Tapping (Parnell, 2008) to strengthen clients, EMDR to process traumas and talk therapy to help integrate the information from the EMDR sessions and to provide healing from therapist-­‐client interaction. In this workshop Dr. Parnell will present the five basic principles of Attachment-­‐ Focused EMDR and how they are implemented in the treatment of traumatized clients with attachment wounds. Case material and video clips of sessions will be used to illustrate key points.

El EMDR centrado en el apego es un nuevo modelo de EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) desarrollado a lo largo de diecinueve años por la psicóloga y formadora de EMDR Dra. Laurel Parnell y que adapta esta terapia de trauma potente y efectiva a las necesidades de clientes que sufren heridas de apego. En este taller, se aprenderá cómo se puede modificar el protocolo de EMDR de tal forma que fluye con mayor facilidad, apoya la seguridad del cliente, mantiene la conexión terapéutica y mejora la sintonía (attunement). Attachment-­‐focused EMDR se centra en el cliente y refuerza una relación terapéutica reparadora, con una combinación de Recursos de Tapping (Resource Tapping) (Parnell, 2008) para fortalecer a los clientes, EMDR para procesar los traumas y “talk therapy” (terapia hablada) para contribuir a integrar la información de las sesiones de EMDR y para proporcionar la curación derivada de la interacción entre terapeuta y el cliente. En este taller, la Dra. Parnell presentará los cinco principios básicos de Attachment-­‐Focused EMDR y cómo se implementan en el tratamiento de clientes traumatizados y con heridas de apego. Se presentará material sobre los casos y vídeos de las sesiones para ilustrar los puntos más importantes.

Keywords: Attachment Repair  Relational Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


152. Knudsen, N. J. (2007). Integrating EMDR and Bowen Theory in treating chronic relationship dysfunction. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp.169-186). Hoboken,. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The concept of Chronic Relationship Dysfunction was developed by the author to describe the experience of those who are unable to find and maintain a healthy relationship with a mate and who feel considerable related emotional distress. The types of experiences that people with this problem typically present in a clinical setting include the inability to make any meaningful contact with an appropriate partner and making a series of poor choices so that no relationship lasts. Clients seeking treatment for relationship problems can be effectively treated using a Bowen family systems perspective (Bowen, 1978; Kerr & Bowen, 1988) as the theoretical backdrop for understanding the bigger relational context. In addition, the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Shapiro, 2001) can be used to understand the physiological link between critical early life experiences and current dysfunction. Together these theories provide a cohesive theoretical base and integrative treatment approach for use with clients with chronic relationship dysfunction. The AIP model and the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) approach address current symptoms such as chronic relationship dysfunction by allowing the individual to reprocess the old material, thus integrating it with current information. The treatment model described here utilizes the basic structure of the EMDR protocol with the clinical application of Bowen Theory at certain key times. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  AIP  Bowen Theory  Chronic Relationship Dysfunction  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Theory  Interpersonal Relationships  Models  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


153. Sherzer, M. (2008, June). Integrating EMDR in family & couple therapy. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this poster I am going to raise the question of integrating EMDR in family and couple therapy. This is a philosophical question. I actually am asking if it's possible to integrate an individual approach with a systemic one. Those scholars who dealt with this question found some common roots in the attachment period. For example, the Hendrix' IMAGO approach presume that the marital crisis has its roots in the childhood wounds. We can find other approaches that enforce this assumption. The literature that deals with integrating EMDR with couple therapy does not find differences between traumas caused by marital crisis and traumas caused by other stimuli. This brings us to the idea it is possible that EMDR will be useful in a marital crisis also. The novelty was that those therapists who mastered both skills, family therapists and EMDR therapists, started with protocols that integrate EMDR in couple therapy in the presence of both spouses. From the first beginning, Francine Shapiro mentions in her basic book on EMDR that are cases where EMDR is contra-indicated in couple therapy in the presences of both mates. Later on we found that we can classify the cases when to use EMDR in the presence of both spouses and when to use it individually. Of course, this categorization is based on clinical observation. We like to refer this question to the members of this poster presentation if they have some more insights about this

Keywords: Couples Therapy  Family Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


154. O'Malley, O. (2010, March). Integrating EMDR mindfulness & sensorimotic psychotherapy. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Watch Wait and Wonder Approach  WWW Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


155. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.

Keywords: Positive Psychology  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


156. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1998, July). Integrating schema therapy focused with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will: 1) increase participants’ basic skills in using EMDR; 2) increase participants’ knowledge of, and ability to apply, a conceptual framework to use with EMDR; and 3) increase participants’ ability to work with difficult clients.

Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


157. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Directives and strategic interventions were used in therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research institute) in Palo Alto. California. First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the sessions the family members. people who are contributing to the problem and people who will come up and help to find solutions. The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem. Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that: they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'. They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction (behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties of techniques that belong to other approaches without any confusion. In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names: Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and some others. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist. Our learning objectives are: 1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Brief Strategic Family Therapy 2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT 3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention. The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose without causing any mental confusion on the part of the therapist and the client.

Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


158. Maxfield, L., Kaslow, F. W., & Shapiro, F. (2007). The integration of EMDR and family systems therapies. In F. Shapiro, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes (pp. 407-422). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
A fundamental tenet of systems theory is that the whole is greater than the sum of its parts (von Bertalanaffy, 1968). Clearly, this basic principle can be applied to the integration of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and family systems therapy (FST): The combined approach has a synergistic effect, with each of the two treatment components intertwining to maximize the individual effects of the other. This integrative treatment approach can result in profound changes for both the individual and the family. This chapter presents a case study of EMDR treatment of Tara, a 15-year-old girl, who was treated successfully with EMDR (for details, refer to Chapter 1; see record 2007-01569-001). This case is summarized here to serve as a foundation for a discussion of similarities and differences among the various FST models, as well as to provide an overview of an integrative FST and EMDR treatment. The authors suggest how the various integrative treatment approaches described in this book could have been used if the parents had been willing to engage in family therapy with Tara. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family System Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


159. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be discussed. 1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized. Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation, assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals: - I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better. - If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure. - I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right. - I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything. Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc. 2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues: - fear/terror and associated avoidance - sense of powerlessnesshelplessness - responsibility/accountability - safety - self, others, environment - self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable - lack of individuation - dependency - anger - grief/mouming - trust/mistrust - fear of abandonment - guilt/self-blame - shame/self-loathing With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed. 3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and issues addressed via EMDR include: - Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development - Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive and vital self-image. The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


160. Rossman, M. & Bresler, D. (1995, June). Interactive guided imagery and EMDR:  Synergy and complementarity. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I. What is Imagery? An image is a thought-form with sensory qualities. It is an internal representation of personal reality. Imagery is the natural, efficient way the human nervous system stores, processes and accesses information. Imagery is the major natural language of the unconscious II. What is Interactive Communication? There are three levels of interactive communication. (1) Non-interactive communication in which the client is a passive participant of suggestion and the guide sets the pacing and direction of the experience. (2) One way interactive communication in which the guide provides the direction but the client sets the pace (e.g. "let me know when you are feeling more comfortable and relaxed). (3) Two way interactive communication in which the client provides both the pace and the direction of the experience. There are many great advantages to working interactively. Greater client participation in the process leads to greater client empowerment, and with a greater sense of personal control, clients are able to progress more rapidly with less resistance to the change process. III. What is Interactive Guided Imagery"? - Interactive Guided Imagery is a therapeutic approach that quickly accesses and simultaneously utilizes the rich resources available from both the client's conscious and unconscious minds. It includes a set of techniques designed to enhance relaxation, reduce the effects of stress, modulate affect, increase motivation, expand creativity and problem solving abilities, resolve conflicts and the sequellae of trauma and facilitate action planning. IV. The Inner Advisor - The Inner Advisor is an internalized image that has the qualifies of wisdom and compassion. It can represent a crucial inner support system for clients dealing with PTSD. Participants are taught how to find their own Inner Advisors and to establish a dialogue that can lead to future inner exploration. The benefits and potential complications of working with Advisor figures are discussed. V. EMDR and Interactive Guided Imagery - (IGI) Drs. Bresler and Rossman discuss what Interactive Guided Imagery and EMDR have in common and how they differ. In particular, EMDR therapists are encouraged to utilize Conditioned Relaxation to enhance the clearing process during eye movements, and to recruit the assistance of the Inner Advisor to prevent or reduce flooding, traumatic insight, and/or regression panic. Conflict resolution techniques are also discussed.

Keywords: Guided Imagery  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


161. Luber, M., & Shapiro, F. (2009). Interview with Francine Shapiro: Historical overview, present issues, and future directions of EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 217-231. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.217.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This interview with Dr. Francine Shapiro, originator and developer of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), provides an overview of the history and evolution of EMDR from its inception to current findings and utilization, as well as future directions in research and clinical development. Dr. Shapiro discusses the psychological traditions that informed the development of EMDR and the Adaptive Information model, as well as the implications for current treatment. The rationale for the application of EMDR to a wide range of disorders is discussed, as well as its integration with other therapeutic approaches. Topics include research on the role of eye movements, the use of EMDR with combat veterans, somatoform disorders, attachment issues, and the distinct features of EMDR that have allowed it to be used for crisis intervention worldwide. Dr. Francine Shapiro is the originator and developer of EMDR. She is a senior research fellow at the Mental Research Institute (MRI) in Palo Alto, California, executive director of the EMDR Institute in Watsonville, California, and the founder and president emeritus of the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program, a nonprofit organization that coordinates disaster response and supports low fee training worldwide. She has written the primary text on EMDR: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing: Basic Principles and Procedures (Guilford Press) and co-authored or edited four others: EMDR: The Breakthrough Therapy for Overcoming Anxiety, Stress and Trauma (Basic Books), EMDR as an Integrative Psychotherapy Approach: Experts of Diverse Orientations Explore the Paradigm Prism (American Psychological Association Books), Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes (Wiley), and Short-Term Therapy for Long-Term Change. She has written and co-authored more than 60 articles and chapters and is an invited speaker at psychology conferences all over the world. Dr. Shapiro is a recipient of the American Psychological Association Division 56 Award for Outstanding Contributions to Practice in Trauma Psychology, the Distinguished Scientific Achievement in Psychology Award presented by the California Psychological Association and the International Sigmund Freud Award for Psychotherapy presented by the City of Vienna in conjunction with the World Council of Psychotherapy. She was appointed one of the “Cadre of Experts” by the American Psychological Association and Canadian Psychological Association Joint Initiative on Ethno-political Warfare. She has served as an advisor to many trauma treatment and outreach organizations and journals. She has three awards bestowed in her honor. Those given by the EMDR International Association and the EMDR-Ibero-American Association celebrate members of the EMDR community who follow in her footsteps of creative thinking, service, and dedication to the standard of EMDR. The EMDR Europe Association presents the Francine Shapiro EMDR-Europe Research Award in order to encourage research in the field. In 2008, a comprehensive electronic resource for scholarly articles and other important references related to EMDR and adaptive information processing was introduced and was named The Francine Shapiro Library in honor of Dr. Shapiro (http://emdr.nku.edu/emdr_data.php).

Keywords: History  Interview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


162. Pagani, M. (2010, June). Introduction to neuroimaging in EMDR research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the recent years the number of neuroimaging studies evaluating neural correlates of psychotherapy has steadily increased revealing its clear neurobiological effects on brain function across a wide range of psychiatric disorders. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) detect changes in cerebral blood flow and metabolism patterns, identifying the brain areas processing the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorders. investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed psychiatry disease-related structural changes. The first part of the workshop (20 minutes) will describe the neuroimaging methodologies implemented in EMDR research and their possible clinical implementations will be discussed. In the second part (10 minutes) neuroimaging studies on the neurobiological effect of EMDR will be reviewed (1-5). The third part of the workshop (30 minutes) will deal with the last findings in EMDR research and will focus on a recent studies published by our group on the Journal of Psychiatry Research about the predictive value of MRI on the outcome of EMDR therapy (6).Moreover a collaborator of our group will describe and present the preliminary findings of an ongoing experiment aiming to identify the neurophysiological mechanisms active during EMDR therapy. The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience 1 the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind the neuroimaging techniques (PET and SPECT) and their possible applications in research and clinic; 2, the critical knowledge of the limited number of published papers in the field of EMDR-related functional and anatomical studies (1-6); 3. the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to begin, take part and/or collaborate to EMDR research in order to shed light on the neural basis of this fascinating psychotherapeutic technique. The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the current neuroscience EMDR-related research and of the neuroimaging methodologies available at the moment. in case more contributions will be included in this workshop the proposed presentation time schedule might change. References: Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; l7(4):526-532. Propper et al. (2007). J Nerv Met Dis; 195:785-788. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res; l(l):24-30. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm: 28(10):757-65. Bossini et al (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476. Nardo et al. (2010). J Psychiatry Res; D0110.1016/jjpsychires.2009.10.014

Keywords: Neuroimaging  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


163. Barach, P. (2000, September). Introduction to the diagnosis and treatment of dissociative disorders:  Learning the ropes, avoiding the pitfalls. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is not the focus of this program. Participants will: 1) become acquainted with interview questions and diagnostic instruments that access for the presense of a dissociative disorder; 2) learn current thinking concerning the etiology of dissociative disorder; and 3) learn how to use therapeutic boundaries and pacing to structure a treatment plan for dissociative clients that helps maintain daily functionality; 4) understand the basic issues in the false memory/recovered memory controversy; and 5) understand some of the common traps and errors in the treatment of this population.

Keywords: Diagnostic Instruments  Dissociation  False Memory  Interview Questions  Pacing  Recovered Memory  Therapeutic Boundaries  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


164. Shapiro, F. (2002). Introduction: Paradigms, processing, and personality development. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (pp. 3–26. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The basic thesis of this book is that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is an integrated mode of psychotherapy with incorporated principles, protocols, and procedures that are compatible with all the major psychological orientations. It is hoped that EMDR can bridge the gap between various forms of psychotherapy and perhaps allow the information-processing model (which is explained in this chapter) to act as a common language. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Information-Processing Model  Models  Personality Development  Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


165. Oglesby, C. A. (1999, September). An investigation of the effect of eye movement desensitization reprocessing on states of consciousness, anxiety, self-perception, and coach-perceived performance ratings of selected varsity collegiate athletes. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA. AAT 9921186.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
PTSD experts have recently pointed out that while traumatic events have been the core of cultural tales for centuries, it is highly unlikely today that any individual will avoid the direct experience of a traumatic event during a lifetime. The present study was an initial exploration of the effectiveness of an approach, designed for clinical issues of trauma, in sport; a nonclinical, field study environment marked by consistent high pressure to perform with excellence. The hypotheses of the study called for examination of pre and post treatment scores of control, EMDR, and placebo group subjects on five dependent variables: States of Consciousness During Movement Activity Inventory (SCMAI); State-trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI); Coach-Perceived Performance Rating (CPPR); Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS); and Validity of Cognition Scale (VoC).Collegiate varsity athletes (N = 48) from the sports of field hockey, gymnastics, lacrosse, track and field, and volleyball were randomly assigned to one of three treatment groups. The control group completed the SCMAI and STAI with 3 to 4 weeks intervening. The placebo group completed the inventories and a week later met with a sport psychology consultant (researcher) for focus on the identified "worst moment in sport." The SUDS and VoC scores were collected during the session. After another week, the inventories were completed for the last time. The pattern for the eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) group was identical to the placebo group except the session followed a basic protocol for EMDR. The focus of the session was, again, the subjects, worst moment in sport. The results revealed no statistically significant pre to post changes in treatment group scores in regard to the SCMAI, STAI, and coach-perceived performance. Results significant p < .02 were found on the SUDS and VoC as the EMDR group reported more favorable gains that did the placebo group. Additionally, descriptive statistics, and qualitative protocol examples, were utilized to illustrate trends of potential individual benefit from the EMDR procedure. This research represented the first study of a potential line of research examining the efficacy of EMDR with athletes and, perhaps, with performers in various peak performance settings. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(3-B), Sep 1999, pp. 1292.

Keywords: Athletes  College Students  Effects  Empirical Study  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effects  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


166. Lovett, J. M. (2000). Kleine wunder [Small wonders]. Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Traumatische Erlebnisse, wie sie bei Kindern häufig vorkommen, können die normale gesunde Entwicklung der Betreffenden, ihre Selbstachtung und das Zusammenleben ihrer Familien stark belasten. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ist ein umfassender therapeutischer Ansatz, der Patienten in kurzer Zeit hilft, belastende Gedanken und Emotionen, die durch traumatische Erlebnisse entstanden sind, aufzulösen. Traumatisch wirken im allgemein akzeptierten Sinne Mißbrauchs- oder Mißhandlungserlebnisse, Naturkatastrophen und Gewalttätigkeit, doch können Kinder auch viel harmlosere Vorgänge als sehr bedrohlich erfahren. Ein Unfall auf dem Spielplatz, der Verlust eines sehr nahestehenden Menschen oder Probleme in der Schule schockieren ein Kind oft viel stärker als einen Erwachsenen. Außerdem können solche Vorfälle bewirken, daß sich ein Kind hilflos und machtlos fühlt, ängstlich wird und belastende Verhaltensprobleme entwickelt. Das Buch Kleine Wunder befaßt sich auf sehr ansprechende und eingehende Weise mit den Möglichkeiten therapeutischer EMDR-Arbeit mit Kindern. Das Buch wendet sich an Eltern, die sich Sorgen darum machen, wie ihre Kinder ein gewisses grundlegendes Vertrauen entwickeln können, außerdem an Erwachsene, die sich damit beschäftigen wollen, wie die Geschehnisse in ihrer Kindheit ihr Selbstbild geprägt haben, und an Therapeuten, die mehr über EMDR sowie auch darüber erfahren wollen, wie diese Methode auf die besonderen Bedürfnisse traumatisierter Kinder abgestimmt werden kann.

Traumatic experiences, such as occur frequently in children, can pollute the normal healthy development of the individuals themselves, their self-esteem and the coexistence of their families strong. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a comprehensive therapeutic approach that patients in a short time helps to resolve stressful thoughts and emotions that are caused by traumatic experiences. Traumatic effect in the generally accepted meaning abuse or maltreatment experiences, natural disasters and violence, but children can also learn much more harmless activities as very threatening. An accident on the playground, the loss of a very loved one or problems at school to shock a child often much stronger than an adult. Furthermore, such incidents have the effect that a child feels helpless and powerless, anxious and is developed incriminating behavior problems. Small wonder the book deals in a very appealing and detailed way with the possibilities of therapeutic EMDR work with children. This book is for parents who are worried about how their children can develop some basic trust, also for adults who want to deal with how the events have shaped her childhood her self-image, and therapists, the more about EMDR, and also about to learn how this method can be adapted to the special needs of traumatized children.

Keywords: Children  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


167. Tarquinio, C. (2007, Mai). La therapie EMDR: Dans la prise en charge du traumatisme psychique [The EMDR method: A psychotherapeutic treatment for PTSD]. Revue Francophone Du Stress et du Trauma, 7(2), 107-120.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Depuis 1989, de nombreux articles ont démontré l'efficacité de l'EMDR (mouvement Eyes désensibilisation et retraitement) la méthode et, en moins de dix ans, cette thérapie est devenue le modèle pour le traitement psychothérapeutique du trouble de stress post-traumatique (SSPT) qui a conduit à un grand nombre d'études. Il existe en effet aujourd'hui plus d'articles sur des études contrôlées du traitement de l'ESPT utilisation de la thérapie EMDR que pour tout autre type d'intervention clinique, y compris les traitements médicamenteux (cf. Centre national pour le SSPT). Le but de cet article est de permettre une meilleure compréhension de la thérapie EMDR tout d'abord en proposant un guide théorique de l'approche. Deuxièmement, nous évaluerons 15 études contrôlées et randomisées qui, à l'ensemble de confirmer la bonne efficacité de cette approche thérapeutique dans le traitement du SSPT. Enfin, après avoir présenté dans un de manière globale le protocole de base de la thérapie EMDR, nous présenterons brièvement un cas clinique traité avec cette approche.

Since 1989, numerous articles have demonstrated the effectiveness of the EMDR (Eyes movement desensitization and reprocessing) method and, in less than ten years, this therapy has become the model for the psychotherapeutic treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) which has led to a great number of studies. There are in fact more articles today on controlled studies of the treatment of PTSD using EMDR therapy than for any other type of clinical intervention, including medicinal treatments (cf. National Center for PTSD). The aim of this paper is to allow a better understanding of EMDR therapy by firstly proposing a theoretical guideline of the approach. Secondly, we will evaluate 15 controlled and randomized studies which on the whole confirm the good effectiveness of this therapeutic approach in the treatment of PTSD. Finally, after having presented in a comprehensive manner the basic protocol of EMDR therapy, we will briefly present one clinical case treated with this approach.

Keywords: Empirical Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Quantitative Study  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


168. Fox, L., Dominey, J., & Carvalho, E. (2001, October 5). Letters - Read "The Mystery Cure" by Janelle Brown. Salon, [page 1].

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
The absolute lack of skepticism in this article was a disappointing lapse from Salon's usual standards. The writer failed to point out that 1) The evidence that EMDR is beneficial is somewhat weak; 2) the treatment is not accepted by the American Psychological Association; and 3) assuming the treatment works, there is no sound theoretical explanation of how it's supposed to work, the invocations of "left brain, right brain" notwithstanding. You did note the broad variation of physical stimuli used by different practitioners (eye movement, hand tapping and alternating sounds), but this variation throws into question the basic practice. If they all work, what's really going on?

Keywords: Letter  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


169. Keefe, C. (1995, June 14). Looking trauma in the eye: An unusual psychotherapy technique brings relief to trauma victims. Orange County, CA: The Orange County Register, Morning, Accent, E01.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Traditional therapy failed to bring lasting relief from her demons. Morgan says Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing _ EMDR _ finally released her from the horrors of her past. EMDR is a technique practiced by licensed clinicians to help trauma victims replace negative images and emotions with positive ones. Its basic premise is that the human brain wants to heal itself.

Keywords: General  Orange County  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


170. Kiessling, R. (2009). Managing the "fear of fear". In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 81-83). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
For some clients finding a Safe/Calm Place is very difficult, either because of their life experiences or their difficulty in using their imagination. In cases such as these, construction of a container to hold traumatic material, both during desensitization and between sessions, may be an alternative strategy to help the client develop a sense of safety. Constructing a container follows the same basic setup protocol as establishing the Safe/Calm Place. In this chapter, the Managing "The Fear of the Fear" Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Fear  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


171. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.

EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


172. Lipke, H. (1995). Manual for the teaching of Shapiro's EMDR in the treatment of combat-related PTSD. Pacific Grove, CA: EMDR Institute.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Manual for the Teaching of Shapiro’s EMDR in the Treatment of Combat Related PTSD. An original Professional Psychology manuscript outlining the basic tenets of EMDR and their application to the treatment of post-traumatic stress in combat veterans. [EMDR-HAP]

Keywords: Combat  Military  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Veterans  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


173. Shapiro, F. (2007). Manuel d'EMDR: Principes, protocoles, procédures . Paris, France: Dunod-InterEditions.

Language: French

Format: Book

Abstract:
Préface David Servan-Schreiber ; traduit de l'américain par Valérie Mégevand
"L'édition originale de cet ouvrage a été publiée aux États-Unis par The Guilford Press sous le titre: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Second edtion. Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures"--Verso de la page titre.

Preface David Servan-Schreiber, translated from the U.S. by Valerie Mégevand
"The original edition of this book was published in the U.S. by The Guilford Press under the title: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Second edtion. Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures" - Verso of title page .

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychological Trauma, PTSD  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


174. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.

Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


175. Greenwald, R. (2002). Motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy for adolescents with conduct problems: An open trial. In R. Greenwald (Ed.), Trauma and juvenile delinquency: Theory, research, and interventions, (pp. 237-261). Binghamton, NY: Haworth Maltreatment and Trauma Press/The Haworth Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Published simultaneously as Journal of Agression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 6(10, (#11) 2002.

Keywords: Adolescents  Americans  Clinical Trial  Cognitive Therapy  Depressive Disorders  Disruptive Behavior Disorders  High School Students  Individual Psychotherapy  Junior High School Students  Preadolescents  School Based Treatment  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


176. Greenwald, R. (2002). Motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy for adolescents with conduct problems:  An open trial. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment and Trauma, 6(1), 237-261. doi:10.1300/J146v06n01_12.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Trauma is proposed as a key to understanding the development and persistence of adolescent conduct problems, in conjunction with other contributing factors. A trauma-focused individual therapy approach is presented as one example of how this population might be more effectively treated. This approach features motivational interviewing, self-control training (cognitive-behavioral therapy), and trauma resolution (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). This paper reports on an open trial of six adolescents with school and conduct problems who received school-based Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) treatment. Reductions in post-traumatic stress, related symptoms, and problem behaviors, along with improved school performance, indicate the value of further study of this treatment approach. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Adolescents  Americans  Clinical Trial  Cognitive Therapy  Depressive Disorders  Disruptive Behavior Disorders  High School Students  Individual Psychotherapy  Junior High School Students  Preadolescents  School Based Treatment  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


177. Greenwald, R. (2001, June). Motivational interviewing for offenders. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Motivational Interviewing (MI) is a structured counseling approach designed to elicit motivation for change. Innovative component interventions involve the EMDR-based "Future Movies" intervention - to help the offender identify and invest in personal goals - and Functional Behavioral Analysis - to help the offender understand the relationship and the trauma history to the problem behaviors. Workshop participants will learn how to use Future Movies and Functional Behavioral Analysis within the MI approach, to mobilize offenders to engage in treatment activities, including EMDR, to interrupt and defuse the offense cycle. This approach is applicable to adolescents and adults with a variety of problem behaviors.

Keywords: Functional Behavioral Analysis  Future Movies  Motivational Interviewing  Offenders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


178. Thomson, S. S. (1997, January). Music and the brain in EMDR therapy:  Is music, itself, EMDR?. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(3), 23-28.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This paper brings together my experiences with music in EMDR therapy and the experiences of myself and others with music and the brain. I describe some of the components and forms of music--e.g. imagined music, humming, singing, dance-like movements in EMDR, eliciting fom the client the words of a song, retelling the negative cognitions for a deeply-embedded song, and thythm and chanting--and how, together with EMDR, they can evoke open, integrative states which are more amenable to deep change that either is alone. I believe that since music has some of the basic attributes as EMDR, music by itself may be included with EMDR techniques, e.g. eye movements, clicking, tapping, etc.

Keywords: Brain  Dance  Music    

Accuracy Verified: Yes


179. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2006, September). Nature’s way of self-healing – From neuroscience to clinical practice. Plenary at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience and recent clinical studies are shedding light on how mind and body affect each other. The central mechanism of healing is homeostatisis: the body's ability to return to balance when provided with basic biological needs. This talk will review mind-body interactions in relation to emotional healing and how they translate into specific treatment interventions.

Keywords: Plenary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


180. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2005, June). Nature’s way of self-healing: From neuroscience to clinical practice. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR stimulates the body to heal the mind. Progress in neuroscience and recent clinical studies are shedding light on how mind and body affect each other. The central mechanism of healing is homeostasis: the body's ability to return to balance when provided with basic biological needs. This talk will review mind-body interactions in relation to emotional healing and how they translate into treatment interventions.

Keywords: Homeostasis  Neuroscience  Plenary  Practice  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


181. Paulsen, S., & Lanius, U. (2011, November). Neurobiology and dissocation: Information processing and the embodied self. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neuroscience research can guide trauma treatment including EMDR, ego state, somatic, and attachment therapies (Lanius, Paulsen & Corrigan, in press). Traumatic memories tend to be encoded somatically and affectively in implicit memory. Lower brain structures, particularly basic affective circuits and the periaqueductal gray (PAG) (Panksepp, 1998), are essential to understanding of both traumatic memory and and dissociation. The polyvagal nervous system (Porges, 2001) is key to understanding the activation of different affective circuits, including the interplay between social engagement and connection, fight/flight and dissociation. A model is proposed that links alterations in consciousness to failure of integration and ultimately to structural dissociation (van der Hart et al., 2006). It is suggested that attachment trauma contributes to the failure of horizontal integration of the columnar organization of affective states, which, over time, become the foundation of discontinuous self-states: Discontinuity of self-states, amnesia barriers and dissociative state switching develop in lieu of smooth state transitions. Somatic interventions can enable sensory integration and personification (Janet, 1929), prior to trauma processing with EMDR that engages brain processing inter-hemispherically and across cortical and subcortical levels. The workshop will highlight implications of recent neurobiological findings for clinical practice.

Learning Objectives: Articulate the role of the periaqueductal gray (PAG) in the expression and experience of emotion. Identify two brain structures implicated in integrating affective and sensory information. Name three branches of the polyvagal nervous systems described by Porges.

Keywords: Dissociation  Embodies Self  Information Processing  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


182. Pagani, M. (2011, June). Neuroimaging and novel neurobiological findings in EMDR research [Neuroimaging und neuartige neurobiologische erkenntnisse in der EMDR forschung]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the recent years the number of neuroimaging studies evaluating neural correlates of psychotherapy has steadily increased revealing its clear neurobiological effects on brain function across a wide range of psychiatric disorders. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) detect changes in cerebral blood flow and metabolism patterns, identifying the brain areas processing the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorders. Investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed psychiatry disease-related structural changes. The first part of the workshop (20 minutes) will describe the neuroimaging methodologies and findings in PTSD/EMDR research with and extensive review of previous literature on the neurobiological effects of EMDR. The second part of the workshop (20 minutes) will deal with the description and implementation in research and clinic of neuropsychological testing with brief comments and discussion about their use in the recent experiments performed by our group. In the third part the EEG monitoring of a complete set of EMDR therapies in 10 patients suffering of major trauma will be presented. The relative results are the first report ever on the neurobiological changes occurring before, during and after EMDR therapy sheding light on the neuronal processes underlying its clinical efficacy. Learning objectives: The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience (1) the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind the neuroimaging techniques (PET, SPECT and MRI) and their possible applications in research and clinic; (2) the critical knowledge of the limited number of published papers in the field of EMDR-related functional and anatomical studies; (3) the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to begin, take part and/or collaborate to EMDR research in order to better understand the neural basis of this fascinating psychotherapeutic technique.

Keywords: Neurobiology  Neuroimaging  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


183. Maxfield, L. (2012, April). New advances with EMDR: A summary of interesting new research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation reviews new advances in EMDR, reporting on recent research studies which have investigated EMDR's application with new problems, new populations, and/or with new protocols. It looks at EMDR treatment of somatic and physical health problems, such as migraine headaches and chronic pain, as well as the role of EMDR in reducing the stressful impact of life-threatening health problems such as cardiac events and neuromuscular disorders. Preliminary research on new EMDR applications is summarized, including treatment of clients with psychosis and individuals with developmental disorders. An effective new protocol for recent critical events is explained and examined, as well as a new protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder. The presentation also reviews studies investigating the role of eye movements on memory and physiology, and what these findings reveal about possible mechanisms of action in EMDR.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe applications for EMDR with non-PTSD populations and related supportive research 2. Participants will be able to summarize clinical practice strategies for EMDR treatment of several somatic and physical health problems 3. Participants will be able to explain the new EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Events and to recount the differences between this and the standard EMDR protocol, and to summarize the research evidence for this intervention 4. Participants will be able to explain the new EMDR Adapted Phobia Protocol for OCD, and to discuss the theoretical implications of this protocol 5. Participants will develop a basic knowledge of research findings regarding the effects of eye movements, and will be able to apply these to an understanding of EMDR’s mechanisms of action.

Keywords: Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


184. Lewis, B. (2009, July 4). New PTSD program answers need for comprehensive treatment. U.S. Department of Defense News Release.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract: The first few weeks focus on learning basic coping skills such as how to reduce anxiety and fight fear, as well as yoga and meditation for relaxation. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, an evidence-based practice for treating PTSD, is also conducted during the early phases of the treatment program.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


185. Freitag, W. (2008, September). The nuts and bolts of EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As EMDRIA’s requirements for Basic Training programs now include consultation hours, this has become a hot topic. This workshop will review EMDRIA’s philosophy of consultation and the requirements which now exist. An explanation of what consultation is and is not will be given, and the role of the consultant will be explored. There are now four different types of consultation to be conducted by an EMDRIA Approved Consultant. These are: Consultation within the Basic Training Curriculum; Consultation for Certification; Consultation of a Consultant-In-Training, and Ongoing consultation for professional development. The function, content and goals of the four different types of consultation will be defined, and the expectation of the consultant examined. Examples of specific tasks or ways to do effective consultation will be identified.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


186. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Packwood, S., Peterson, G., Peck, B., & Huss, B. (2005, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhleming for the clinican to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address how the EMDR protocol may need to be adjusted to accommodate the needs or limitations for children and adolescents. The second topic will focus on what specific developmental considerations need to be considered when using EMDR with attachment disorders as well as identifying guidelines and strategies for including the family in the EMDR process with this population. The final topic will address 2 commonly seen diagnoses of AD/HD and anxiety addressing the possible negative cognitions, resource installations, and cognitive interweaves that can be used when treating children or adolescents with EMDR to resolve the trauma issues when having these disorders. The members of the panel are current chairs of the EMDRIA Chld/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.

Keywords: Adolescents  ADHD  Anxiety  Attachment Disorders  Children  Attention Deficit Hyperacitivty Disorder  Developmental Considerations  Open Forum  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


187. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Waldon, A., Peck, B., Siegel, M., & Packwood, S. (2007, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum (Moderator, T. Becker-Fritz) presented at the annual EMDRIA Conference, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population, as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhelming for the clinician to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address identifying the challenges that children and adolescents present and understand adjustments in the EMDR protocol to accommodate the needs or limitations. The second topic will demonstrate how and when a structured format can facilitate effective EMDR treatment with children. The final topic will identify the challenges of using standard EMDR protocols with adolescents and special issues to consider when preparing them. The members of the panel are the current and immediate past chairs of the EMDRIA Child/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience. The program will be moderated by the Executive Chair, encouraging audience participation throughout the 3 hour program.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Open Forum  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


188. Becker-Fritz, T., Carson, S., Donovan, L., Froning, M., Heiman, M., Peterson, G., & Packwood, B. (2003, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of  EMDR with child/adolescent population - Facilitated by the EMDRIA Child/Adolescent Special Interest Group Chairs. Open formum presented at the annual EMDRIA Conference, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population. It can feel overwhelming for the clinician to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating chlldren and adolsecents. Topics that will be presented and followed with audience discussion include use of EMDR with the following: attachment disorders, children and adolescents in residential treatment, dissociative disorders, sexually reactive kids, children with AD/HD, and unresolved grief issues. The members of the panel are the current chairs of the Child/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Open Forum  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


189. Lilieblad, B. (2004, June). Pain, stress and quality of life. In EMDR, biology and the body (P. Lieberman, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Long time pain in the low back and neck is often difficult to diagnose and treat. We have known for a long time that patients’ personality and motivation are crucial for progress in treatment. Patients treated by physiotherapists in southern Stockholm were invited to 2 seminars on Pain, Stress, and Quality of Life. The patients were taught about pain in general, about stress and how to handle it, about body awareness and how to handle daily situations. During the seminars we collected data about the patients’ background, coping resources and quality of life. They also filled out the personal pain drawing test (PPD). They are offered individual counseling by a physiotherapist, an occupational therapist and 10 meetings with a psychologist.
114 patients participated in 17 seminars. The patients were followed up. Half of the group had decreased pain according to the PPD, even those who had not consulted the psychology. Around 50% had less treatment by physiotherapist, 24% had less sick leave. 57% had started relaxation and/or exercise body awareness. The 34 patients treated by the psychologist (mostly with EMDR) increased their emotional and spiritual/philosophic coping resource as well as their emotional quality of life.
Our experiences are that many pain patients suffer from psychosomatic disorders and that psychological staffs is an effective and necessary part of the multidisciplinary treatment in primary health care.

Keywords: Coping  Holistic Treatment  Pain  Pain Drawing  Quality of Life  Psychosomatic Pain  Stress  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


190. Nickeson, C. (2000, September). Panic disorder and EMDR: A primer for getting started with this population. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will 1) be presented with the cognitive behavioral explanation of the dynamics of panic and agorphobia; 2) learn how to teach clients the basic skills they need in order to master their emotional reactions; and 3) learn how to use EMDR in each stage of treatment, that is, to address old memories and past incidents, current triggers, and to do future template work.

Keywords: Agoraphobia  Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


191. Foster, S., & Lendl, L. (2002, March). Peak performance EMDR: Adapting trauma treatment to positive psychology outcomes and self-actualization. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(1), 4-7.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol (Lendl & Foster, 1997) has been developed for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. The authors, in their Silicon Valley practices, often witnessed the upsetting, even traumatic effect that layoffs and competitive pressures could have on employees in corporate workplaces. They likewise observed the adverse impact that ‘stage fright’ and audition anxiety could have on actors, dancers, and musicians, as well as the emotionally bruising experience for an athlete who loses a crucial competition. Reasoning that a trauma method such as EMDR could be applied to procrastination, fear of failure, and the reprocessing of actual setbacks, the EMDR Peak Performance protocol was created (Lendl & Foster, 1997).

Keywords: Peak Performance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


192. Foster, S., & Lendl, J. (2001). Peak performance EMDR: Adapting trauma treatment to positive psychology outcomes and self-actualization. Portale Italiano de Psicotraumatologia e Psciopteri.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol (Lendl & Foster, 1997) has been developed for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. The authors, in their Silicon Valley practices, often witnessed the upsetting, even traumatic effect that layoffs and competitive pressures could have on employees in corporate workplaces. They likewise observed the adverse impact that ‘stage fright’ and audition anxiety could have on actors, dancers, and musicians, as well as the emotionally bruising experience for an athlete who loses a crucial competition. Reasoning that a trauma method such as EMDR could be applied to procrastination, fear of failure, and the reprocessing of actual setbacks, the EMDR Peak Performance protocol was created (Lendl & Foster, 1997).

Keywords: Peak Performance  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


193. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Parrett, B. (1995, June). Peak performance in the work place. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In his book, Anxietv Disorders and Phobias, Aaron Beck, MD, wrote cogently about the so-called "evaluation anxieties." He employed the metaphor of the tightrope walker to describe the constant worry about a possible "fall from grace" experienced by the person troubled by concern about performing well in a variety of life situations. Beck divided these situations into three categories: social situations; school and work settings; and what he called "transactions with the outside world," meaning instances of shopping and traveling. The focus of this three-hour presentation is evaluation or performance anxiety (as it is more often termed) in the workplace and applications of EMDR to removing blocks to optimal functioning at work. The theoretical contribution of Beck and his colleagues will shape the presenters' information about why performance anxiety develops and who is likely to be vulnerable to it. The rationale for this extension of the EMDR model will be grounded in the theoretical framework of cognitive therapy. The two presenters bring their considerable experience with EMDR (five+ years) and expertise in peak performance consulting to participants in this session. From their background, they will derive the presentation's emphasis on EMDR applications that are immediately useful to the participants. To begin, the presenters will provide the aforementioned theoretical understanding of "evaluation anxiety" and its manifestation as performance anxiety in the workplace. Approximately the first quarter of the presentation will be spent in didactic material that describes specifically how performance anxiety interferes with optimal functioning at work across a variety of occupations. Drs. Foster and Lendl will elaborate on two situations in which performance anxiety is especially likely to occur in work-related situations: 1) during periods of rapid change; and 2) during the performance review process. Having established this basis of understanding, the presenters will move on to describe the most commonly observed psychological blocks that impede optimal performance in work settings: 1) external conflicts brought into work; 2) feeling like an 'impostor' in one's position at work, 3) perfectionism as a barrier to performance; 4) past failures that operate as anticipatory anxieties (for example, a client's worry that a past mistake or setback might recur in the future); 5) discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, education or age. Using actual transcripts and videotaped excerpts of their sessions, the presenters will demonstrate how their EMDR interventions may be applied. The presenters will show participants how to assess their own current and prospective clients for the psychological blocks that are interfering with work performance. Efficient ways to elicit negative and positive cognition for these work-related issues will be precisely described. The expected course of the EMDR processing will be illustrated using the presenters' cases which include a perfectionistic dentist, a high level executive after a layoff, a female manager desiring a promotion who is grappling with a chauvinistic boss, and performing artists struggling with stage fright and other barriers to their optimal performance. The presenters will then share with participants the ways in which they assist their clients in reaching and maintaining balance in their life- and work styles, in what the presenters call "Using EMDR to meet daily challenges with optimal response." Specific strategies for integrating EMDR into broader-based interventions will be described for assisting clients in: 1) increasing self-trust; 2) learning to capably manage crises; 3) increasing focus and attention at work; and 4) setting priorities and using time effectively. Lastly, Drs. Foster and Lend will demonstrate additional EMDR applications for assisting clients in attaining and maintaining what the presenters call "Optimal Well-Being." Citing case material, the presenters will show participants the means by which EMDR can be employed to speed recovery from illness and to decrease the rehabilitation time needed following an injury. Participants will be given the opportunity to rehears several of the applications described and to receive feedback fiom the instructors. Reference: Beck, A.T. (1985). Anxiety Disorders and Phobias, Basic Books, New York.

Keywords: Peak Performance  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


194. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop. The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic. Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development. Learning objectives: One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


195. Yordy, J. (2003, September). Playful approaches to using EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Expand your ability to conduct EMDR with Children by learning how to playfully incorporate a variety of techniques. Learn easy ways to: set up five different types of positive resources, adapt the basic protocol, incorporate therapeutic storytelling effectively, or "externalize the problem" through creating monsters! Discover the fun of playing the "Energy Connection" game to build positive coping strategies and work at emotional stuck points. Whether you enhance your ability to utilize the EMDR protocol or increase your skill at evaluating which EMDR technique to use, you can count on acquiring fresh ideas for improving your EMDR therapy with children.

Keywords: Children  Energy Connection Game  Monsters  Positive Resources  Storytelling  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


196. Wesselmann, D. (2003, May). Plenary. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Attachment theory has identified adults with a secure attachment style as more resilient to stress and trauma than insecurely attached adults. The secure adult tends to have supportive relationships which buffer him from stress (Bowlby, 1988), and he is able to reflect upon his inner state and process emotions without becoming overwhelmed (Fonagy, 2000; van der Kolk 1996). In infancy secure attachment is related to the capacity to be soothed and comforted by the caregiver. The caregivers of secure infants are observed to be emotionally attuned, responsive and nurturing (Solomon & George, 1999). Schore (1996) explains that mothers of secure babies synchronize with the infant. The mother's organized brain synchronizes or harmonizes with the baby's disorganized brain, attuning to its feelings and needs, helping it calm when distressed and stay regulated when it is happy and excited. As a result, the infant's brain develops optimal circuitry for emotion regulation, and also learns through experience to trust and be comforted and to comfort himself. His basic sense of safety and trust gives him confidence as he begins leaving his parent's side and exploring the world.

Keywords: Plenary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


197. Lehrer, P. M., Woolfolk, R. L., & Sime, W. E. (2007). Principles and practice of stress management. (3rd. ed.) New York, NY, US: Guilford Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Recent years have seen significant advances in understanding psychosocial stress and its clinical management. Now in a thoroughly revised and expanded third edition, this comprehensive work reviews effective stress management techniques and their applications for treating psychological problems and enhancing physical health and performance. Bringing together recognized leaders in the field to present their respective approaches and demonstrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, the volume is structured for optimal use as a clinical reference and text. All chapters retained from the prior edition have been extensively rewritten, and many new chapters have been added. Part I examines conceptual foundations and describes basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation. Part II, the largest section, covers the full range of methods, including progressive relaxation, hypnosis, biofeedback, meditation, cognitive methods, and other therapies. Each tightly edited chapter: (1) Details the method's history, theoretical underpinnings, and evidence base; (2) Spells out assessment procedures and techniques; (3) Provides step-by-step implementation guidelines; (4) Considers common treatment obstacles and how to overcome them; (5) Discusses strategies for increasing patient motivation and adherence; and (6) Illustrates the method with an in-depth case example. New to the third edition are chapters on mindfulness meditation, neurofeedback, EMDR, breathing retraining, heart rate variability biofeedback, exercise therapy, and Qigong. Finally, Part III explores applications in mental health, behavioral medicine, and sport psychophysiology (another new topic in this edition), shedding light on which approaches are most suitable for particular problems. The concluding chapter reviews the clinical research literature and offers clear recommendations for improving outcomes. This timely, authoritative book is an indispensable resource for clinical and health psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, nurses, and other professionals interested in learning and using stress management techniques. It will serve as a text in graduate-level courses in stress management, behavioral medicine, social work in health care, and related areas. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Stress Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


198. Matthess, H. (2007, June). Profits from the benefit of structural dissociation on the application with EMDR for complex-traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with chronic and complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) caused by severe traumata in childhood, are often still treated inadequately, especially when they developed additional dissociative symptoms or a Dissociative Disorder. There is a current consensus about the need tomodify the EMDR standard protocol in the treatment of complex traumatized and dissociative clients. From the theoretical background of structural dissociation theory and Janet’s system of action systems, the therapist has not only to recognize clients’ deficits but also to address action tendencies in the client’s inner system that could ameliorate coping strategies in solving problems in daily life. With the help of bilateral stimulation, blending of parts of the personality containing different information can be promoted often resulting in remarkable changes in the behavior and resource activation. The main principles that need to be regarded treating complex and dissociative clients with bilateral stimulation will be explained and basic rules for treatment plans including the use of EMDR will be developed. English subtitled video examples demonstrate the proposed modification of the EMDR standard protocol and will be discussed in detail. I will present shortly recent research findings on autonomic nervous system alterations during EMDR. These results help to define special working mechanisms of our modified EMDR protocol in clients with dissociative disorders.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


199. Easterling, M. (2002, June). A protocol for building emotional resilience within a troubled world. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The participant will be able to 1) develop the imaginational context of and employ this stabilizing protocol, useful in clients with insecure attachments, strategically ordered to elicit and allow desensitization of the inhibitory and adaptive affects within the basic EMDR protocol to allow completion typically within a fifty minute session; 2) teach to clients necessary integrated aspects of short term anxiety regulating psychotherapy and Heartmath methods, including how innate affects can act to guide adaptive behavior within a functional and dysfunctional system and how commonly used defenses and inhibitory affects impede adaptive behavior. Case examples and videos demonstrate the protocol.

Keywords: Emotional Resilience Protocol  Heartmath  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


200. Luber, M. (2012). Protocol for excessive grief. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 129-135. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.129.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Protocol for Excessive Grief“ is excerpted from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations illustrating a scripted protocol from one of Francine Shapiro's 6 basic protocols. “Scripting“ informs and reminds EMDR practitioners of the component parts, sequence, and language used to create effective outcomes, and also generates a template for practitioners and researchers to use for reliability and/or a common denominator so that the form of working with EMDR is consistent. This protocol includes 5 steps: process actual events, including the loved one's suffering or death; process any intrusive images that are occurring; process the nightmare images; process any stimuli/triggers associated with the grief experience; and address issues of personal responsibility, mortality, or previous unresolved losses. The future template is included This protocol addresses the many aspects of grief and mourning to assure the full processing of clients' concerns.

Keywords: Death  Grief  Intrusive Images  Scripted Protocols  Unresolved Loss  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


201. Jarero, I., Artigas, L., Alcalá, N., López T., & Mauer, M (2007, Abril). Protocolo grupal e integrative con EMDR [Integrative and group protocol with EMDR]. Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, EMDR Institute, EMDR Mexico.

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract:
Este protocolo debe ser empleado solo por profesionales en salud mental que han completado el entrenamiento básico en EMDR. Este material esta diseñado para apoyar su trabajo clínico. Asimismo, todo este material tiene derechos de autor. Las/los clínicos tienen permiso de usar esta información en su práctica clínica, sin embargo, este material no debe ser vendido ni modificado y siempre se deben dar todos los créditos a los autores. A este protocolo también se le conoce como el “Protocolo Grupal de EMDR para niños” o “El Protocolo del Abrazo de la Mariposa

This protocol should be used only by mental health professionals who have completed basic training in EMDR. This material is designed to support their clinical work. Also this material is copyrighted. The / clinicians have permission to use this information in their clinical practice, however, this material must not be sold or altered and should always be given all credit to the authors. This protocol is also known as the "Group of EMDR protocol for children" or "The Protocol to the Butterfly Hug."

Keywords: Butterfly Hug  Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


202. Bruck, N. R. V. (2007, March). A psicologia das emergências: Um estudo sobre angústia pública e o dramático cotidiano do trauma [The psychology of emergencies: A survey of public angst and dramatic daily life of trauma]. Pontifica Universidade Catolica Do Rio Grande Do Sul, Programa De Pos-Graduacao Em Psicologia Doutorado Em Psicologia, Porto Alegre.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
O assunto “trauma” vem adquirindo novos significados, considerando principalmente acontecimentos sociais recentes, sejam eventos adversos, catástrofes, desastres, sejam as situações-limite vividas pelas pessoas no cotidiano urbano. A psicologia das emergências estuda o comportamento das pessoas nos acidentes e desastres desde uma ação preventiva até o pós-trauma e, se for o caso, subsidia intervenções de compreensão, apoio e superação do trauma às vítimas e profissionais do SAMU. O assunto se estende às questões que vão desde a experiência pessoal do trauma até os eventos adversos provocados por calamidades, sejam estas naturais e/ou provocadas pelo homem. A psicologia das emergências é um tema de angústia pública, sentimento difuso de mal-estar que se origina dos acontecimentos públicos traumáticos, chamados estressores, tais como os acidentes de trânsito com vítima, assim como os provenientes das demais situações limites de toda a violência urbana. O trauma é uma experiência que explode a capacidade de suportar um revés, traz a perda de sentido, desorganização corporal e paralisação da consciência temporal, pode deixar marcas que influenciam a criatividade e a motivação para a vida. Os objetivos nos primeiros auxílios psicológicos são de aliviar as manifestações sintomáticas e o sofrimento, reduzindo os sentimentos de anormalidade e de enfermidade. Um dos objetivos é a familiarização com temas considerados complexos e muitas vezes distantes das discussões sobre trauma psicológico, sendo que o problema da pesquisa é a compreensão da psicologia das emergências e como colocá-la em prática. Os autores mais utilizados são Edgar Morin, Alfredo Moffatt, Serge Moscovici, Gilles Deleuze e Michel Foucault, dentre outros. São abordados os temas do não-reducionismo, da epistemologia de si mesmo e da relação da Teoria das Representações Sociais com o EMDR (dessensibilização e reprocessamento através de movimentos oculares). O método desta pesquisa, com suporte na observação participante refere às questões da complexidade, análise multirreferencial e de implicação. As técnicas mais utilizadas foram entrevistas, grupos focais-“histórias significativas” e análise documental. É indicado, como atitudes favoráveis pensar não a partir de algo, mas, sobretudo sobre algo e que para mudar o modo de agir torna-se necessário modificar a imagem que uma pessoa tenha de si próprio. Como conclusões da pesquisa, observou-se: que as pessoas acidentadas trazem outros acontecimentos considerados difíceis junto com o depoimento sobre o acidente, como situações de luto e de sofrimento com familiares; que o estresse pós-traumático não é uma conseqüência inevitável do trauma; que não há nenhuma orientação, ou rotina, nas missões de socorros e nos documentos oficiais do SAMU sobre o tema psicologia das emergências. Também são indicadas considerações finais sobre os temas da Síndrome de Burnout, sobre a influência da instituição no cotidiano dos atendimentos, sobre a relação da clínica com a psicologia social.

The subject of "trauma" has acquired new meanings, especially considering recent social events, are adverse events, catastrophes, disasters, are the extreme situations experienced by people in urban daily life. Psychology emergencies studies the behavior of people in accidents and disasters from preventive action to post-trauma and, if necessary, subsidize interventions understanding, support and overcoming the trauma victim and professional SAMU. The subject extends to issues ranging from the personal experience of trauma to adverse events caused by disasters, whether natural and / or manmade. The psychology of emergencies is a topic of anguish public diffuse feeling of uneasiness that stems from public events traumatic, called stressors, such as traffic accidents with victims, as well as from the other extreme edge of all violence urban. Trauma is an experience that explodes the ability to support a setback, brings loss of meaning, and paralysis of body clutter temporal awareness, can leave marks that influence creativity and motivation for life. The goals in psychological first aid are to relieve symptomatic manifestations and suffering, reducing feelings of abnormality and disease. One goal is to become familiar with issues as complex and often distant from the discussions on trauma psychological, and the research problem is understanding the psychology of emergencies and how to put it into practice. The authors are more used Edgar Morin, Alfredo Moffatt, Serge Moscovici, Gilles Deleuze and Michel Foucault, among others. Issues are addressed in the non-reductionism, the epistemology of self and even the relationship of the Theory of Representations to EMDR (Desensitization and reprocessing through eye movements). The method this research, supported in participant observation matters relating to complex, multi-referential analysis and implication. The most used techniques were interviews, focus groups, "meaningful stories and documentary analysis. It indicated as positive attitudes to think not from something, but mainly on something and to change the mode of action becomes necessary to modify the image a person has of himself. As the survey findings revealed the following: that rugged people bring other events to be difficult with with testimony about the accident, as situations of grief and suffering with family, whereas the post-traumatic stress is not an inevitable consequence of trauma, there is no guidance, or routine tasks in the relief and SAMU official documents on the subject of psychology emergencies. Also concluding remarks are given on the topics of the Burnout on the influence the institution in the routine of care, about the relationship of clinical with social psychology.

Keywords: Emergency Treatment  Postrraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Social Psychology  Stress  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


203. Melville, A. (2003, April). Psychosocial interventions: Evaluation of UNICEF supported projects (1999-2001). UNICEF Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
This evaluation assessed the design, implementation and impact of the two major psychosocial projects sponsored by UNICEF Indonesia from October 1999 until the end of 2001. The first, the ‘Psychosocial HelpTraining Project’ aimed to support teachers and counsellors to provide basic psychosocial assistance to children, first in West Timor and then throughout the conflict zones in Indonesia. The second was the EMDR project, which trained professionals and paraprofessionals in the use of Eye Movement and Desensitisation Reprocessing. The project aimed to treat the effects of trauma, and as such, was a treatment intervention.

Keywords: Psychosocial Interventions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


204. Foa, E. (2000). Psychosocial treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61(Supplement 5), 43-51.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reviews empirically validated psychosocial treatments for PTSD and considers factors associated with successful therapy outcome. Most of the treatments whose efficacy was studied empirically fall within the broad category of cognitive-behavioral therapy. These include exposure therapy, anxiety management programs, and cognitive therapy. These therapy modalities have been developed to modify conditioned fear and erroneous cognitions that are thought to underlie PTSD. Exposure therapy has the most empirical support because it was found to be effective across different populations of trauma victims with PTSD. Combinations of therapies have also been used, and the value of these is discussed. In addition, this article presents recent evidence about the efficacy of eye movement and desensitization reprocessing. A growing body of evidence supports the use of psychosocial treatments for PTSD, but not all patients benefit. Future research should develop programs that increase the motivation of patients to take advantage of these efficacious treatments. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy  Exposure Therapy  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


205. Rivas, C. (2013, May). Psychosomatic conditions and EMDR: Applying the basic protocol to complex situations. Presentaton at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During this workshop, participants will be introduced to different models explaining how the mind can express some issues through the body, and how the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model can be used as a common ground to understand psychosomatic disorders. Using this rational, EMDR clinicians will learn how to structure an intervention using the 8 steps of the basic protocol to address the seven common causes of psychosomatic disorders. Clinical cases of angina, epilepsy, heartburn, irritable bowel and some skin conditions will be presented as illustration. Learning objectives: • Describe 4 main models to understand the body-mind connection in psychotherapy • Utilize the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model as a meta-model to compare specific models on the body-mind connection • Use the EMDR basic protocol to organize structured interventions to address the different layers regarding psychosomatic conditions

Keywords: Mind-Body Connection  Structural Interventions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


206. Lieberman, P., Hofmann, A., & Flatten, G. (2003, December). Psychotherapeutic treatment of traumatic stress with the EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing method). MMW: Fortschritte der Medizin, 145(49), 39-41.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a method, developed at the end of the nineteen-eighties, for the treatment of the post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The patient is asked to concentrate on certain aspect of the traumatic memory while keeping his eyes fixed on the movements of the therapist's finger. Apparently, this triggers information processing that results in appreciable relief for the patient. The method has proven to be equally as effective as behavioral-therapeutic techniques, and, has in the meantime, been included in national and international guidelines for the treatment of PTSD. The indications for EMDR treatment include not only PTSD, but, increasingly, also other, sometimes more severely chronic, it trauma sequelae. Within the framework of basic care, EMDR must be embedded within a treatment plan and should, where applicable, be combined with other methods.

Keywords: Review  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


207. Lanius, U. F. (2005, September). PTSD, Information processing and thalamo-cortrical dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presentation integrates recent findings in neuroscience and the neurobiology of traumatic stress and proposes a theoretical model to account for EMDR treatment effects. It reviews relevant basic neuroscience studies and theories with regard to learning, memory and information processing. Participants will increase the understanding of possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to both PTSD and EMDR treatment and be able to integrate Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing Model with current theory and research in the field of neuroscience.

Keywords: Information Processing  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Thalamo-Cortical Dialogue  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


208. Lushin, P. (2000). The pychotherapeutic meaning of EMDR. Zhurnal Practicheskogo Psihologa [Journal of Practising Psychologist], 6, 85-90.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The following paper deals with the problem of constructing the psychotherapeutic meaning of the basic procedure of EMDR, one of the well-known and effective therapeutic techniques for PTSD. The author generates a conceptual matrix interpreting EMDR in terms of hypnosis, desensitization and personality change. [Author's Abstract?]

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


209. Benor, D. J. (2008, May). Rapid and deep transformation using WHEE: Wholistic hybrid from EMDR & EFT. Presentation at the Academy for Guided Imagery 20th Annual Conference, Los Angeles, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objectives: Participants completing this presentation will be able to: Define wholistic healing and list and explain its components. Conduct a basic WHEE self-healing treatment session on their own. Know the indications, precautions, and contraindications for using WHEE to treat fears and phobias. Description: WHEE is a rapid, self-healing technique that relieves pains and stresses, transforms limiting beliefs, enhances confidence, and opens options to create positive attitudes even when under severe stress. WHEE is rapidly effective, and can also help to relieve the pain of migraines, arthritis, trauma, and cancer; anxieties, phobias, and PTSD; cravings, nausea, insomnia, and allergies. WHEE transforms your attitude towards stress from one of annoyance to one of gratitude that you have a further opportunity to dump the old "stuffed" junk that you carry with you, and to reprogram and update your internal hard drive (which you let a little child program for you). WHEE is powerful and faster than EFT and is safe for use outside a therapist’s office.

Keywords: Global Webcast  WHEE  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


210. Goransson, I. (2010 ). Rapporter från regionerna, södra, nya behandlingsmetoder [Reports from the regions, southern, new treatments]. Senior Psykologen, 12(1), 14-15.

Language: Swedish

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Vid vårt novembermöte presenterade leg. psykolog Gunvor Ingemansson sin erfarenhet av behandling med EMDR-Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing vid enstaka och komplexa traumatillstånd. Under 90-talet arbetade Gunvor Ingemansson inom psykiatrin i Malmö med Rosengård som upptagningsområde. Där mötte hon många människor, som hade svåra och traumatiserande krigsupplevelser. Hon använde sig av krisbearbetande samtal och symboldramaterapi. Dessa arbetssätt hade hon lång erfarenhet av. Hon märkte emellertid att hon inte riktigt kom åt traumat i botten. Pröva nytt Detta ledde till att hon måste pröva något annat. 1994 hade metoden EMDR kommit till Sverige och introducerats av Roger Salomon. Han i sin tur hade en förstahandserfarenhet av metoden, eftersom han utbildats och samarbetar med Francine Shapiro, som skapat metoden. Hennes grundläggande bok är ”Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing”, utgiven på Guilford förlag. Shapiro har senare benämnt metoden ”Adaptive Information Processing Model”. I vardagligt språk i Sverige benämns metoden ofta som ögonrörelseterapi. Shapiro utvecklade ett sätt att arbeta med traumatiska erfarenheter till följd av egna upplevelser. Hon drabbades nämligen av en svårbotad cancer, som läkaren inte kunde ge besked om hur den skulle utvecklas. Hon lade märke till att när hon under sina promenader rörde ögonen på ett visst sätt hände någonting i hennes kropp. Hon undersökte detta vidare och successivt växte den behandlingsmetod fram som i dag spridit sig till många länder för att behandla bl a traumatillstånd. Det finns på sina håll ett visst ifrågasättande av metoden, men de evidensbaserade studier som gjorts visar på effekt av behandlingen. Nya behandlingsmetoder.

At our November meeting presented the leg. Psychologist Gunvor Ingemansson his experience with EMDR-Eye Movement desensitization and Reprocessing of single and complex trauma condition. During the 90's worked Gunvor Ingemansson in psychiatry in Malmö with Rosengard that catchment area. There she met many people who had difficult and traumatic war experiences. She used the emergency call processing and symbolic drama therapy. These practices, she had extensive experience. She noticed that she does not really come to the trauma of the bottom. Try again This led her to try something else. 1994 Approach EMDR come to Sweden and introduced by Roger Solomon. He in turn had a first hand experience of the method, since he trained and working with Francine Shapiro, who created the method. Her basic book is "Eye Movement desensitization and Reprocessing", published by Guilford publishers. Shapiro was later called the method "Adaptive Information Processing Model". In everyday language in Sweden method is referred to often as eye movement therapy. Shapiro developed a way to work with traumatic experiences resulting from their own experiences. She suffered from a severe namely cured cancer, the doctor could not provide information on how it would evolve. She noticed that when she walks in their eyes moved in a certain way something happened to her body. She investigated this further and gradually grew the treatment up to now spread to many countries to treat conditions including trauma. There are some places a particular challenge to the method, but the evidence-based studies show the efficacy of treatment. New treatments

Keywords: History  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


211. Stern, L. L., & Grey, E. (2010, September/October). A recipe for health: Combining expressive arts with EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eating-disordered clients begin treatment with a series of unique and specific behavioral symptoms such as binge eating, bingeing and purging, starving themselves, or overexercising, that impede progress when using purely verbal therapies. The research team has found that the combination of expressive arts techniques and EMDR treatment can be highly effective in overcoming these impediments. This poster will briefly review basic knowledge and practice concerning the major eating disorders and their etiologies. We will then describe our therapeutic process that combines expressive arts with EMDR. This process includes (1) preparation of the client for EMDR treatment through the use of expressive arts techniques done in between sessions at home, (2) the use of client drawing and writing as targets when they appear to be a useful tool, (3) the use of a mirror exercise with BLS as a resourcing tool to address, desensitize and help the client reformulate body image distortion and body hatred, and (4) the reiniorcement of gains from reprocessing through the use of expressive techniques throughout treatment. This poster describes these additions to and modifications of the EMDR protocol with expressive arts techniques, as well as the results of a pilot experiment that compares outcomes for clients treated with expressive arts approaches, with and without EMDR.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Expressive Arts  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


212. Descilo, T. (1999). Relieving the traumatic aspects of death with traumatic incident reduction and EMDR. In C. Figley (Ed.), The Traumatology of Grieving: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Treatment Foundations. (pp.57-71). London: Taylor & Francis.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In our Western culture, death is a taboo subject. Perhaps because of our technologically advanced state, we’ve lost sight of some of our basic humanity - this lack of sight includes fully preparing our families for the inevitability of death and our unwillingness to patiently listen to our loved ones and friends when they are burdened with the pain of loss. Consequently, we are less prepared to cope with death and do not have adequate support systems. On both counts, death of a loved one can result in symptoms, which are associated with traumatic stress. Chapter 9 offers an extensive overview of two approaches which have proven effective in relieving the symptoms associated with traumatic stress - Traumatic Incident Reduction and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. While full training is highly recommended for competency in both approaches, the reader will gain an understanding of the value of these approaches in helping those who are suffering from traumatic stress symptoms following the loss of a loved one.

Keywords: Death  Traumatic Incident Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


213. Silver, S. M., & Fulcher, G. (1995, June). Researching EMDR: The state of the art so far. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This interactive presentation is for clinicians interested in conducting research into EMDR. Basic design of treatment outcome studies N of I research, and other issues wiill be examined. A brief review of research already conducted on EMDR to llustrate strengths and weaknesses will be provided. Time will be provided for panel members to respond to questions for participants and discussion on researching EMDR methodology and protocols with new problem areas will be encouraged.

Keywords: Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


214. Weisensee, K. (2002). Resiliency through EMDR self-administration:  A proposal for a protocol. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Some basic ideas and experiences with Self-administration of EMDR are reported and three different zones are discriminated: the self-administration zone, the selfadministration standard protocol zone and the zone of therapy. Different strategies for self-administration in the case of small trauma "t" and life events "less than t" are explored, the probably existing risk of a habituation effect is mentioned and a first modest proposal for a protocol for every day use of EMDR self-administration is recommended. The development of the EMDR field, the training in EMDR and the further course of EMDR to a more complete form of psychotherapy are taken into considerations.

Keywords: Self-Administration  

Accuracy Verified: No


215. Kiessling, R. (2001, June). A resource focused model of EMDR (Going beyond pathology). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Effective EMDR treatment is more than pathology and symptom reduction! Many clients are either too fragile or refuse to address past trumatic targets for desensitization. The Resource Focused Model of EMDR address the client's current strengths and resources rather than their pathology. By solidfying the client's strengths and resources, EMDR clinicians can help the client make measurable and observable changes in their lives. Through lecture, case presentation, and live demonstration, participants of this workshop will learn: 1) the basic theories underlying the development of the Resource Focused Model; 2) how and when to use the model and evlauate its effectiveness; and 3) how to develop and use strength focused cognitive interweaves in helping the client access existing strengths and resources for make positive, present-time change.

Keywords: Resource-Focused Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


216. Parnell, L. (2012). Resource tapping activating your healing resources through bilateral stimulation. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Dr. Parnell teaches basic skills in resource tapping, an EMDR-related technique that harnesses the power of imagery and bilateral body stimulation to achieve healing. She describes how this clinically recognized system impacts affect management, ego strengthening, and emotional regulation as well as its capacity to build resilience and calm the body on a deep physiological level.

Keywords: Resource Tapping  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


217. Manfield, P. (2010). Resourcing in the preparation phase of EMDR. In Philip Manfield, Dyadic Resourcing: Creating a Foundation for Processing Trauma (pp. 55-66). CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, ISBN-13: 9781453738139 .

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The preparation phase of EMDR is designed to allow the therapist to establish rapport with the client, familiarize the client with EMDR processes, and prepare her to begin trauma processing. The therapist attends to the physical setup, explanation of EMDR, explains the stop signal, explains the basic metaphors, and describes what to expect during processing. In addition, the therapist may want to give the client a brief explanation of EMDR‟s model of change, the Adaptive Information Processing model (AIP).

Keywords: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


218. Lansing, K. (2013, September). The rite of return: Coming back from duty-induced PTSD. High Ground Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The Rite of Return: Coming Back from Duty-Induced PTSD is written for men and women in law enforcement, first response, and the military who are struggling with duty-induced PTSD. In a field-guide format, it presents an overview of a proven treatment approach adapted specifically for this population. The book offers clear teaching on PTSD and its effects on the brain. It also provides practical training in containment techniques for increased control of symptoms and motivation for battling the tendency to isolate. The successful case outcomes described throughout the book give substantive hope for recovery from PTSD. The message throughout is that duty-induced PTSD cannot be resolved in isolation or by reading self-help books. The author’s depth of knowledge and scope of experience evident in every chapter draws the reader confidently into places where the clinical generalist cannot tread. Karen Lansing’s understanding of duty-induced PTSD goes beyond a simply clinical perspective. She has been trained in public order, ridden extensively on patrol, done 48-hour tours of duty with firefighters, and has resided and trained alongside special weapons teams on military bases. She has “kitted up” and been stuck into flashpoint sectors in “exotic places” with tactical advisors in troubled regions. The benefits emerging from that cross-pollination of disciplines are apparent in the author’s respect and understanding of the specific clinical needs of Warriors and Rescuers. It's seen in her identification of and clinical protocol for the treatment of a rare but deadly post-shooting symptom that she refers to as transitory shooter's apraxia. The benefits are also clearly seen in the clinical outcomes of those featured in this book. The Rite of Return presents a powerful argument that PTSD need not lead to an end of mission or tour of duty, or to a lifelong injury. Instead, case account after case account indicates that Lansing's treatment approach leads to quite the opposite: officers consistently emerging stronger. These outcomes are confirmed throughout the book by the testimony of SPECT brain images before and after treatment. Accompanying them are accounts of subjects after treatment responding successfully to incidents very similar to those that had culminated in their PTSD. These unsung heroes recovered, becoming more competent, more tactically skilled and more mentally resilient than they had been prior to its time-limited, but significant, intrusion into their lives. Reading between the lines of this book, it's apparent that careers and lives have been saved because of the author’s innovative approach. Her only regret is that so many have been lost to the devastation of untreated or ill-treated, duty-induced PTSD. The publication of The Rite of Return couldn’t be better timed.

Keywords: Containment Techniques  Duty-Induced PTSD  Military  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Transitory Shooter's Apraxia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


219. Moskovitz, R. A. (2000, December). Saccadic eye movements as a guide to EMDR technique. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(Special Edition), 14-15.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The duration of each set of eye movement is one of several variables that must be managed during EMDR. As we begin to work with patients, we choose the direction and rate of speed of each set of movements as well as the total number of movements per set. The basic guideline calls for 24 bi-directional movements for the first set. While subsequent sets may also consist of 24 passes, the length of the sets may be adjusted up or down depending upon patient response or therapeutic goals. Processing intense emotions, for examples, may call for longer sets, while shorter sets may be sufficient to evoke sequences of cognitive associations. While some therapists prefer to adhere to a rigid protocol, counting out each set, may others determine the length of each set intuitively.

Keywords: Saccadic Eye Movements  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


220. Direzkia, Y., & Syahriati, E. (2010, July). Safe place: An ambilvance?. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Conflict and tsunami events have left behind many traumatic experiences in people of Aceh. Many people in Aceh have lost their families, children after the tsunami are still experiencing separation anxiety, and many children have lost motivation to study, learn or play. Children are forced by circumstances to survive like an adult, whilst they still need protection and aegis of the parent. This leads to consequences like irritability, impulsivity and somatic symptoms. The treatment conducted by the practitioner especially for the children were the safe-place, resource activation and the protocol of EMDR. The safe-place technique is one of the most frequent techniques used for children. The safe-place technique is something like a gate to get into the children’s experience through the Tsunami or conflict events. Some of the children in orphanages who were treated by EMDR, specifically using the safe-place technique showed interesting findings. Some clients described the sea as a safe-place. This becomes an interesting experience because it is well known that the sea was a trigger for traumatic experiences related to the tsunami. However, it turns out that with children, the sea was also a source of power and made them feel safe. This would raises some questions in our mind, whether the phenomenon is an ambivalence, or is there something related to the culture or belief that the children have through their own life? It seems like an ambivalence, since on one hand the children suffered a disaster directly related to the sea (tsunami) and on the other hand they think that the sea is an integral part of their lives

Keywords: Safe Place  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


221. Calof, D. (1995, June). The self of the therapist:  An experiential clinic for clinicians working with abuse recovery issues. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with survivors of trauma and abuse can challenge or shatter therapists' basic beliefs about safety, goodness, and meaning, leaving one anxious, vulnerable, uncertain and prone to countertransference act-out. Through discussion and structured experiences that allow for individual pacing, participants in this experiential clinic will have an opportunity to identify, transform, and work through issues of the self of the therapist including countertransferences, parallel process, secondary traumatization, and the intense and sometime immobilizing existential crises that may result from this work. The leader will endeavor to create an enjoyable playful climate of mutual respect, trust, confidentiality and containment throughout the day. Educational objectives: A. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to break with injunctions, scripts and internalizations left over from the family of origin that have prohibited personal authority and experimentation. B. Through lecture/discussion and exercises, participants will explore countertransference issues, secondary PTSD, and common therapeutic impasses and the existential crises they evoke in the self of the therapist. C. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to assist in the resolution of on-going countertransference issues growing out of their current clinical practice. Bibliography: (1) Benedeck, E.P. (1984). The silent scream; Countertransference reactions to victims. American Journal Of Social Psychiatry, IV, 3:49-52. (2) Camstock, C.M. (1991). Countertransference and the suicidal MPD patient. Dissociation, Vol. IV, No. 1;25-35.

Keywords: Abuse Recovery  Survivors  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


222. Struik, A. (2011, Févrieri). Sleeping dogs: Stabilisation et EMDR pour enfants et adolescents avec traumatismes complexes [Sleeping dogs: Stabilizing and EMDR for children and adolescents with complex trauma]. Avc de l' UPC KULeuven, Campus Kortenberg, Belgium.

Language: Dutch

Format: Other

Abstract:
Stabiliser et traiter les enfants traumatisés et souvent dissociés peut être compliqué. En apparence, ils peuvent sembler fonctionner relativement bien. Leurs stratégies d'évitement paraissent efficaces et ils refusent de parler du trauma ou disent qu'ils l'ont oublié. Cela ne les perturbe plus. Mais le désir du thérapeute de laisser les chiens dormir tranquillement est une stratégie dangereuse. Sous cette apparence de bon fonctionnement extérieur l'enfant est terrifié, constamment en alerte et seul, incapable de trouver le réconfort. Cet enfant ne peut s'attacher et ce manque d'attachement sécure peut dévaster son développement futur. Cependant, ce n'est que par une anamnèse détaillée réalisée par les soignants et les instituteurs que ces problèmes souvent cachés peuvent être révélés. Arianne expliquera les principes de base de la dissociation et de la dissociation structurelle chez les enfants dans le but d'aider à les traiter. Dans ce workshop, elle fera une démonstration du "6 tests", un nouveau modèle unique de stabilisation pour enfants. La stabilisation inclut la motivation, la psycho-éducation, la création d'un lieu sûr, l'activation du système d'attachement, des outils d'auto-régulation, des changements cognitifs, etc . Le "6 tests" aide le thérapeute à décider si l'enfant a besoin de stabilisation supplémentaire et comment l'établir avant de commencer l'EMDR.

Stabilize and treat traumatized children and often dissociated can be complicated. Outwardly, they may appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they have forgotten. That does not disturb more. But the therapist's desire to let the dogs sleep in peace is a dangerous strategy. Under the appearance of functioning outside the child is terrified, alone and constantly alert, unable to find comfort. This child can not concentrate and lack of secure attachment can devastate its future development. However, it is only through a detailed history completed by caregivers and teachers that these often hidden problems can be revealed. Arianne will explain the basic principles of unbundling and structural separation of children in order to help address them. In this workshop she will demonstrate the "6 tests," a new model for stabilization of single children. Stabilization includes motivation, psycho-education, creating a safe place, the activation of attachment system, tools for self-regulation, the exchange In this workshop she will demonstrate the "6 tests," a new model for stabilization of single children. Stabilization includes motivation, psycho-education, creating a safe place, the activation of attachment system, tools for self-regulation, cognitive changes, etc.. "6 test" helps the therapist to decide if the child requires additional stabilization and how to prepare before starting EMDR.

Keywords: Adults  Children  Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


223. Britt, V. (2005, June). The somatic interweave:  Integrating EMDR and somatic experiencing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR practitioners find their sessions include substantial amounts of body processing. While EMDR includes body awareness in the protocol, its potential has not yet been fully explored. Somatic Experiencing (SE), developed by Dr. Peter Levine, offers ways to shift traumatic responses frozen in the nervous system. This workshop will explain and incorporate the principles of SE into EMDR treatment protocols; teach using SE as a "Somatic 1nterweave"when patients are stuck; and demonstrate how to enhance the safe place and RDI protocols with SE. Participants will complete the workshop able to apply basic Somatic Experiencing concepts to their EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Somatic Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


224. Britt, V., & Napier, N. (2002, June). The somatic interweave: Integrating EMDR and somatic experiencing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR practitioners find their sessions include substantial amount of body processing. While EMDR includes body awareness in the protocol, its potential has not yet been fully explored. Somatic Experiencing (SE), developed by Dr. Peter Levine, offers ways to shift traumatic responses frozen in the nervous system. This workshop will explain and incorporate the principles of SE into EMDR treatment protocols; teach using SE as a "somatic interweave" when patients are stuck; and demonstrate how to enhance the safe place and RDI protocols wlth SE. Participants who complete the workshop will be able to apply basic Somatic Experiencing concepts to their EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Peter Levine  Somatic Interweave  Somatic Experiencing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


225. Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., & Shapiro, F. (2006, December). Some effects of EMDR on previously abused child molesters: Theoretical reviews and preliminary findings. Journal of Forensic Psychiatry and Psychology, 17(4), 538-562. doi:10.1080/14789940601070431.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Ten child molesters with reported histories of childhood sexual abuse underwent eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) trauma treatment as an adjunct to standard cognitive-behavioural therapy-relapse prevention (CBT-RP) group treatment. Trauma resolution produced significant pre/post changes on all relevant subscales of the Sexual Offender Treatment Rating Scale (SOTRS). One unanticipated benefit was a consistent and sustained decline in deviant sexual arousal compared to the control condition. As measured by the SOTRS, decrease in arousal was also correlated with a decrease in sexual thoughts, increased motivation for treatment, and increased victim empathy. Deviant arousal is strongly associated with sexual recidivism. Clinical observations support the notion that those sexual offenders with histories of childhood sexual abuse may be left with aberrant sexual arousal, which is one pathway to sexual offending. The adaptive information processing model offers an explanation of the decreased and sustained deviant arousal observed in this study. This preliminary evidence supports a call for further research into this phenomenon.

Keywords: Child Molester  Childhood Sexual Abuse  Emotional Trauma    Empirical Study  Eye Movements  Pedophilia  Phallometry  Quantitative Study  Sex Offenders  Sexual Abuse  Trauma Treatment  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


226. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2012). Specialty topics on using EMDR with children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 145-153. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.145.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Specialty Topics on Using EMDR With Children“ is written for therapists who have learned the basic eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. This article explores the advanced application of EMDR with other clinical, emotional, developmental, and behavioral issues, including children who have been diagnosed with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) or have experienced trauma, attachment, and dissociation. The text is organized into headings of specific childhood diagnoses, issues, or presenting problems, with recommendations for procedural considerations and adjustments to the EMDR protocol. Unless indicated otherwise, the EMDR protocol follows the 8 phases, as discussed in the book, EMDR and the Art of Psychotherapy With Children (Adler-Tapia & Settle, 2008) with additions or modifications, as indicated.

Keywords: Attachment  Children  EMD  Eye Movement Desensitization  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


227. Struik, A. L. (2010, June). Stabilization and EMDR treatment of young dissociative children, the use of the six tests, a stabilization model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The stabilization and treatment of young dissociative children can be complicated. Providing the child with a safe environment and attachment figure is obviously the first step. But what's next? They can appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about trauma or say they forgot about it. It doesn't bother them anymore. But the temptation of the therapist to let sleeping dogs lie is a dangerous one. Underneath this apparently well-functioning outside the child is terrified, constantly alert, and lonely, unable to find comfort, This child cannot attach and this lack of safe attachment is devastating for future development. However, only detailed history taking from caregivers and schoolteachers will often reveals these otherwise often hidden problems. In this presentation 1 will demonstrate. The six tests, a new and unique stabilization model for children. The six tests help therapy is to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to establish this stabilization, before starting with EMDR. I will present some cases to illustrate this process and the use of stabilization techniques. The children need to learn self-regulation skills to reduce stress. Then we activate the attachment system, so they car, reduce stress by seeking comfort. In this way the need to dissociate reduces. By relating present problems to past experiences their motivation increases to look into their traumas and start EMDR, (but only on their request). Finally, I will discuss adjustments in the EMDR protocol for these dissociative children in order to keep them in the desensitization process and how to integrate the use of EMDR Into the complete phase-orientated treatment. Learning objectives: -The basic tenets of the six tests -The ability to critically consider whether a child needs further stabilization or can start EMDR. - Understanding which techniques to utilize for particular conditions, through case presentations and questions. New and unique: This model is an adjustment for children of The tree test (Spieling, 2008) for adults, which is unique and new. Up until now, many EMDR therapists don't treat these children, because they are afraid to destabilize them or don't know how to do it. With this model I hope they start to treat these children who need EMDR the most.

Keywords: Children  Dissociation: Six Tests  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


228. Neider, L. A. (1992, December). Subjective unit of motivation. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
During the course of clinical work, there are times when the VoC and SUDS scale do not provide the information needed in order to set the focus for clinical and EMDR work and/or to determine the probability of change in the client. The Subjective Unit Motivation (SUM) has been useful for ferreting out this therapeutic material.

Keywords: Subjective Unit Motivation  SUM  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


229. Gilson, G., & Kaplan, S. (2000). The therapeutic interweave in EMDR:  Before and beyond: A manual for EMDR trained clinicians. EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs, New Hope, PA.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Expands the concept of the cognitive interweave to the broader, more inclusive Therapeutic Interweave. Gives structured framework of 16 categories of Therapeutic Interweave, and strategies that enhance safety, assist with affect regulation, self-soothing, and develop ego-strength. Good supplement to Shapiro's basic didactic book on EMDR. [EMDR-HAP]

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Therapeutic Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


230. Parnell, L. (2008). A therapist's guide to EMDR tools and techniques for successful treatment. Princeton, NJ: Recording for Blind & Dyslexic.

Language: English

Format: Audio

Abstract:
For over a decade, eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been gaining attention and momentum as an effective therapeutic tool for treating a range of trauma and phobic disorders. More and more therapists are seeking proper training to be able to incorporate EMDR into their practices. But often, therapists leave EMDR training enthusiastic, desiring to use these techniques in their practice, only to lose their nerve when encountering difficulties and treatment obstacles. Somehow, the theory learned in training is hard to translate into clinical practice. In A therapist's guide to EMDR, Parnell addresses this common dilemma by offering therapists an all-in-one, practical handbook for skillfully and successfully using EMDR in their practices. Drawing on fifteen years of experience as a pioneering EMDR clinician and trainer, Parnell bridges the gap between EMDR training and actual practice by identifying and exploring the four areas where most EMDR-trained therapists need help: case formulation, ego strengthening, target development, and processing difficulties. After a helpful refresher on basic EMDR procedure and protocol, as well as a discussion of how to modify these steps to fit your client's needs, Parnell delves into the areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR with clients: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. A step-by-step description of a typical EMDR session is also presented, including all the major procedural steps, followed by an explanation of the clinical applications of EMDR in working with phobias, traumas, and critical incidents. Case examples, vignettes, and illustrations throughout help to clarify important concepts. Written in an accessible and practical style by someone who has trained thousands of EMDR practitioners, Parnell bases the book on on-the-ground experience of doing EMDR, incorporating the tools, techniques, and tips she has generated and gathered from conferences, workshops, and consultation with colleagues, as well from her own clinical experience. Perhaps most importantly, she acknowledges the unique approaches to EMDR use that are possible, emphasizing therapist-client flexibility, attunement, and intuition, rather than rigidity of practice. For EMDR-trained therapists who would like a little help integrating EMDR into their day-to-day practice, A therapist's guide to EMDR is a useful resource. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


231. Krystal, D. S., Berbower, S., Katz, I., Pregerson, S., Slyman, S., & Wager, J. (1995, June). Transpersonal psychotherapy panel:  EMDR & transpersonal approaches to psychotherapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
1) In the Transpersonal approach to psychotherapy, the existence is acknowledged and the presence is invoked of a higher order of Consciousness, the already healthy and perfect organizing principle that Jung called the Self. After using EMDR to process and integrate the personal history, it is possible to transcend the personal self and its strong beliefs and attitudes, and to rest in a state of no-mind or Self, which is beyond or before the experience of duality, and is often recognized as emptiness, peace, contentment, wisdom and love. It is from this state that the therapist can best use EMDR, fully listening to the Oneness of himself and the client. This listening is often called intuition. In addition to introducing the Transpersonal approach in general, Sheila Krystal will present psychotherapy as Satsang and describe the use of EMDR to facilitate movement from self to Self. She will discuss the state of mind most effective for the therapist to enter while using EMDR and will lead a meditation to help create this no-mind state. 2) Joan Wager will present the basic premises of body-based psychology within a Transpersonal content and its relationship to EMDR, illustrating through discussion and case presentation how embodied consciousness, wisdom, compassion, concern for all sentient beings, is the path of body-based transpersonal psychology. She will show how, as we broaden., our concept of who we are, and as body, emotions and mind become integrated, we experience transformation of our being with a new sense of Self in relation to others and the universe. 3) Suzanne Slyman will demonstrate, through theoretical discussion and case presentations, how she combines Gestalt, Self- Acceptance-Training, Transpersonal approaches to psychotherapy, and EMDR She will emphasize several interesting commonalties in these approaches to psychotherapy, including the following; each relies on the belief that there is, in every individual, an inner organizing principle that moves towards wholeness, each assumes that we are self-regulating organisms, each understands and values the power of being witness to the present moment, and each makes room for the client to discover a heretofore "unimaginable outcome" to his or her work. The Enneagram is an ancient psychological typology that describes nine personality types and their interrelationships. Each type is defined by a chief mental and emotional preoccupation to which attention habitually returns. The types correlate well with the diagnostic categories of current psychological practice, but can open us to the fact that the repeating preoccupation of heart and mind that we in the West tend to dismiss as merely neurotic can also be used as potential access points to higher states of consciousness. 5) During their presentation, Sharon Berbower and Suzanne Pregerson will explore their use of the Enneagram and EMDR especially examining how EMDR can access the core personality strategies and defense mechanisms of each of the nine types. With the deconstruction of the habitual responses of the personality, the possibility exists for the emergence of 'True Self. EMDR may be a key to the profound transformation of personality types. 6) Irv Katz will then make a concluding presentation including tying the earlier presentations together and facilitating a question and answer period between the audience and the panel members.

Keywords: Guided Imagery  Hypnosis  Panel  Transpersonal  Transpersonal Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


232. Hyer, L. A., & Sohnle, S. J. (2001). Trauma among older people: Issues and treatment. Philadelphia, PA:  Brunner-Routledge.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is about trauma in a select population, older people. This is important because this group is usually given short shrift because of certain convictions about age, as well as an excessive emphasis on specific trauma-related techniques. In fact, the older group is complex when it comes to trauma. There is much to be exported about older people from knowledge of earlier ages, and there is much that is not. Our basic belief is that the human change process is highly individualized at later life but certainly understandable within an integrated formulation of the person. We address this "formulation." [Preface, p. vii]TOPICS TREATED: Aging and trauma; PTSD in the context of aging; Life story of the aging person; Person and memory; Treatment: PTSD and beyond; Key ingredients to psychotherapy; Treatment model: early stages; Personality; Core memory: the "good" memory; The trauma memory: the "bad" memory; Grief work and forgiveness in the context of PTSD; Using assessment data to inform the treatment plan.

Keywords: Aged  Anxiety  Management Therapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


233. Lievegoed, R., & Seubert, A. (2004, June). Trauma and beyond: EMDR in the treatment of traumatized clients with mental retardation (MH/MR diagnosis). In children and EMDR (J. Morris-Smith, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades, clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioral therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population, Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population.
EMDR< given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. Anecdotal case presentations with mental retarded clients, corroborated by both client report and by clinical observation. In all cases, therapeutic gains remained intact after treatment.
This presentation will introduce a “phase model” of trauma treatment for this population and will demonstrate were EMDR would be most effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients.

Keywords: Children  Developmentally Disabled  Dually Diagnosed (MH/MR)  Mental Retardation  Symposium  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


234. Diegelmann, C., & Isermann, M. (2003). Trauma exposure and crisis intervention with CIPBS. Poster presented at the VIII European Conference on Traumatic Stress, Berlin, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
CIPBS (Conflict Imagination Painting and Bilateral Stimulation) is a new, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Shapiro) and KIP (Katathym imaginative Psychotherapie, Lerner) related approach for trauma exposure and crisis intervention that also includes basic elements of art therapy. CIPBS is a structured process, using symbolization and bilateral stimulation. It can be integrated in different therapeutic approaches and settings. The poster shows case examples of he application in different fields like psychooncology and childhood trauma and also some results of a pilot study.

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation  CIPBS  Conflict Imagination Painting  Katathym Imaginative Psychotherapie  KIP  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


235. Lescano, R. & Arazi, D. (2004). Trauma y EMDR: Un nuevo abordaje terapeutico [Trauma and EMDR: A new therapeutic approach]. Buenos Aires: EMDRIA Latinoamérica.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Este libro, el primero sobre EMDR escrito por un grupo de profesionales argentinos, incluye tres partes: La primera es “ Trauma y Teorías asociadas ”: en estos capítulos se explora la historia de las teorías actuales, llegando a la redefinición de algunas categorías diagnósticas, consecuencia de una nueva manera de ver el efecto de las experiencias traumáticas sobre los individuos. Proceso que involucra aspectos biológicos, psicológicos, familiares y sociales. La segunda parte, “ EMDR: un nuevo abordaje terapéutico ”, incluye capítulos teóricos sobre el método bajo la supervisión de los trainers habilitados por el EMDR Institute. Los capítulos van desde la teoría básica del EMDR, pasando por la creatividad hasta llegar a la compleja especulación neurobiológica de su funcionamiento. El conocimiento del cerebro junto con “la inspiración de la Dra. Shapiro que condujo al descubrimiento y desarrollo del EMDR, son los puntales del método y su vínculo con la creatividad. El reprocesamiento con EMDR es también un proceso esencialmente creativo, fundamental para poder levantar el bloqueo resultante del trauma. La relación terapéutica que se instala durante el reprocesamiento de EMDR puede ser conceptualizada como un proceso co-creativo (D. Grand Ph.D.) La tercera parte incluye casos clínicos, como corresponde a un libro dedicado a una técnica de demostrada eficacia.

This book, the first on EMDR written by a group of Argentine professionals, consists of three parts: the first is "Trauma and associated theory" : these chapters explores the history of current theories reaching the redefinition of some diagnostic categories, result of a new way to see the effect of traumatic experiences on individuals. Process involving biological, psychological, family and social aspects. The second part, "EMDR: a new therapeutic approach", includes theoretical chapters on the method under the supervision of the enabled trainers by theEMDR Institute. Chapters range from basic theory of theEMDR, passing through the creativity to complex operation neurobiological speculation. Knowledge of the brain along with "the inspiration of the DRA." Shapiro that led to the discovery and development of the EMDR are the underpinnings of the method and its link with the creativity. Reprocessing with EMDR is also a process essentially creative, fundamental to lift the trauma resulting blocking. The therapeutic relationship installed during reprocessing ofEMDR can be conceptualized as a co-creativo process (D. Grand Ph.d..) The third part includes clinical cases as befits a book dedicated to a proven technique.

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


236. Lescano, R. (2005). Trauma y EMDR: Un nuevo abordaje terapéutico [Trauma and EMDR: A new therapeutic approach]. Buenos Aires: EMDRIA Latinoamerica.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Este libro, el primero sobre EMDR escrito por un grupo de profesionales argentinos, incluye tres partes: La primera es “ Trauma y Teorías asociadas ”: en estos capítulos se explora la historia de las teorías actuales, llegando a la redefinición de algunas categorías diagnósticas, consecuencia de una nueva manera de ver el efecto de las experiencias traumáticas sobre los individuos. Proceso que involucra aspectos biológicos, psicológicos, familiares y sociales. La segunda parte, “ EMDR: un nuevo abordaje terapéutico ”, incluye capítulos teóricos sobre el método bajo la supervisión de los trainers habilitados por el EMDR Institute. Los capítulos van desde la teoría básica del EMDR, pasando por la creatividad hasta llegar a la compleja especulación neurobiológica de su funcionamiento. El conocimiento del cerebro junto con “la inspiración de la Dra. Shapiro que condujo al descubrimiento y desarrollo del EMDR, son los puntales del método y su vínculo con la creatividad. El reprocesamiento con EMDR es también un proceso esencialmente creativo, fundamental para poder levantar el bloqueo resultante del trauma. La relación terapéutica que se instala durante el reprocesamiento de EMDR puede ser conceptualizada como un proceso co-creativo (D. Grand Ph.D.) La tercera parte incluye casos clínicos, como corresponde a un libro dedicado a una técnica de demostrada eficacia.

This book, the first on EMDR written by a group of Argentine professionals, consists of three parts: the first is "Trauma and associated theory": these chapters explores the history of current theories reaching the redefinition of some diagnostic categories, result of a new way to see the effect of traumatic experiences on individuals. Process involving biological, psychological, family and social aspects. The second part, "EMDR: a new therapeutic approach", includes theoretical chapters on the method under the supervision of the enabled trainers by the EMDR Institute. Chapters range from basic theory of the EMDR, passing through the creativity to complex operation neurobiological speculation. Knowledge of the brain along with "the inspiration of the DRA." Shapiro that led to the discovery and development of the EMDR are the underpinnings of the method and its link with the creativity. Reprocessing with EMDR is also a process essentially creative, fundamental to lift the trauma resulting blocking. The therapeutic relationship installed during reprocessing of EMDR can be conceptualized as a co-creative process (D. Grand Ph.d..)

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


237. Hensel, T. (2004). Traumazentrierte psychotherapie (EMDR) bei jugendlichen mit störungen des sozialverhaltens - Das MASTR - Manual [Traumazentrierte psychotherapy (EMDR) in adolescents with disorders of social behavior - the MASTR Manual]. Institut fur Traumatherapie.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Störungen des Sozialverhaltens (F 91, F92 ICD-10) umfassen komplexe, multifaktoriell bedingte Störungen, die sich in einem Bündel von Leitsymptomen niederschlagen. Bisherige Therapieansätze sind in ihren Effekten nicht sehr befriedigend. Allerdings berücksichtigten sie auch nicht in geplanter und systematischer Weise die Folgen kindlicher Traumatisierung, obwohl die Übereinstimmung der Symptomatik bei Störung des Sozialverhalten und Traumafolgestörungen frappierend ist (Greenwald 2002). Forschungsergebnisse belegen, dass zwischen 60 - 90 % aller Jugendliche mit Störungen des Sozialverhaltens in ihrer Lebensgeschichte schweren Traumatisierungen (Kombinationen Typ I und II) ausgesetzt waren (Steiner, Garcia, Matthews 1997, Cuffe et al. 1998).
MASTR (ein Akronym für Motivation - Adaptiv Skills - Trauma Resolution) ist ein von Dr. Ricky Greenwald (2002) entwickeltes traumabasiertes manualisiertes Behandlungsverfahren, das aus drei aufeinander aufbauenden Phasen besteht.

Disorders of social behavior (F 91, F92 ICD-10) involve complex, multifactorial, related disorders, which are reflected in a set of cardinal symptoms. Previous therapy approaches are in their effects, not very satisfactory. However, they are not even considered in a planned and systematic way the consequences of childhood trauma, although the consistency of symptoms associated with disruption of social behavior and trauma disorders is striking (Greenwald 2002). Research shows that were exposed to between 60 - 90% of adolescents with disorders of social behavior in their life history severe trauma (combinations of type I and II) (Steiner, Garcia, Matthews 1997, Cuffe et al. 1998).
MASTR (an acronym for Motivation - Adaptive Skills - Trauma Resolution) is a traumabasiertes developed by Dr. Ricky Greenwald (2002) manualisiertes treatment process, which consists of three successive phases.

Keywords: Adolescents  Social Behavior Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


238. Manfield, D. C. (1998). Treating a highly defended client: reworking traditional approaches. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 217-231). New York: Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Several key points emerge for consideration when treating the highly defended client with EMDR, in particular clients whose primary defenses are distancing ones. The first is to carefully gauge the client's level of functioning, the depth of therapeutic alliance, and the client's perceived sense of safety. These factors determine the appropriateness of EMDR, and presuming that, the style and directiveness of the clinician.Secondly, the use of EMDR with highly defended clients may require a directiveness that exceeds the basic protocol designed by Shapiro. Once the therapeutic alliance has been established, the clinician must balance, while being sensitive to, the client's need for control over the therapeutic process, hopefully avoiding unproductive periods of defensive distancing. This balance and sensitivity, inherent in all effective treatments and psychotherapies, is particularly important when the modality is as potent and emotionally evocative as EMDR can be. The case of William illustrates the risks in a directive approach, such as initiating EMDR too early, promoting a withdrawing or angry transference, or choosing the wrong cognitions. Knowing your client well and securing an effective working alliance is crucial to success. [Text, pp. 230-231]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Anxiety Disorders  Case Report  Defense Mechanisms  Life Experiences  Male  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Self Concept  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


239. Rijkes, A. (2012, June). Treating headaches / migraines with IEMDR - Integrated EMDR [Tratamiento de dolores de cabeza/migrañas con IEMDR-­‐EMDR integrado]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Headaches are a worldwide problem. Around 10-­‐15% of all human beings are more or less frequently suffering from headaches. And women are suffering from migraine almost 3 times more than men. In the long run the majority of all medication doesn’t provide a solution for headaches. Besides they all have side effects which include inducing (!) headaches. Headaches not only cause personal suffering they also have big consequences for society. Due to headaches there is an enormous loss of productivity. In 2011 the WHO asked attention to the need for new treatments. Integrated EMDR (I-­‐EMDR) is a relatively new method for treating headaches and migraine. There is some research and the results are promising. After a more theoretical introduction in headaches you are introduced to basic aspects of I-­‐EMDR. You will get an impression of the method, procedure and effectiveness of this treatment. This will be illustrated with some video demonstrations. In The Netherlands employers, reintegration doctors and occupational physicians are interested in this form of treatment for headaches of their employees. I-­‐EMDR has two applications; one for the treatment of acute headache, and one that focuses on preventing headaches in the future. You will also get some information of a Special Interest Group on EMDR and Headaches.

Las cefaleas suponen un problema a nivel mundial. Alrededor del 10-­‐ 15% de todas las personas sufren cefaleas con mayor o menor frecuencia. Las mujeres sufren de migrañas casi tres veces más que los hombres. A largo plazo, la mayoría de los fármacos dejan sin solucionar el problema de los dolores de cabeza. Es más, tienen efectos secundarios que incluyen (!) cefaleas. Los dolores de cabeza no solo son fuente de sufrimiento personal, sino que también tienen consecuencias importantes para la sociedad. Las cefaleas conllevan una tremenda pérdida de productividad. En el año 2011, la OMS pidió que se prestara atención a la necesidad de nuevos tratamientos. EMDR integral (I-­‐EMDR) es un método relativamente nuevo para el tratamiento de cefaleas y migrañas. Hay investigaciones en curso y los resultados son prometedores. Tras una introducción más teórica a las cefaleas, se les introduce a los participantes a los aspectos básicos de I-­‐EMDR. Se les dará una impresión del método, procedimiento y efectividad de este tratamiento. Esto se verá ilustrado con grabaciones en vídeo. En los Países Bajos, los empleadores, médicos de reintegración y clínicos ocupacionales tienen interés en esta forma de tratamiento para los dolores de cabeza de sus empleados. I-­‐EMDR tiene dos aplicaciones. Una es para el tratamiento de la cefalea aguda y una que se centra en la prevención de las mismas en el futuro. También se dará información acerca de un Grupo de interés especial en EMDR y cefaleas.

Keywords: Headaches  Migraines  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


240. van der Kolk, B. (2011, November). Treating trauma: Helping the entire organism feel safe and live in the present. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma affects the entire human organism, which gets stuck in neruobiological, immunological and relational survival modes. Neuroscience research shows that the brain regions most affected by trauma are involved in attention and perception, biasing the organism into preceiving threat and annihilation. The subcortical process are independent from conscious appraisal and conscious control. This presentation will focus on evidence based treatments that address basic issues of safety, threat appraisal and embodied awareness, illustrated by EMDR, meditation, yoga, theater, martial arts and sensory integration.

Keywords: Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


241. Rauch, S., & Cahill, S. (2003, August). Treatment and prevention of posttraumatic stress disorder. Primary Psychiatry, 10(8), 60-65.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
What treatments are effective for chronic posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and the prevention of PTSD following trauma? The current review illustrates the basic efficacy of several psychosocial treatments for PTSD (ie, exposure, stress inoculation training, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, cognitive therapy); discusses comparative studies of these treatments; examines two preventive interventions for trauma survivors (i.e., psychological debriefing, cognitive behavioral programs); and suggests future research directions. Several psychosocial treatments for chronic PTSD have been proven effective. The few randomized, comparative studies do not provide strong evidence for the superiority of one intervention over another. Further, these studies do not support an additive benefit for combined treatments. While evidence does not support the efficacy of psychological debriefing in preventing PTSD following trauma, studies do suggest that brief cognitive-behavioral programs may accelerate recovery and prevent the development of chronic PTSD following trauma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy  Emotional Trauma  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Prevention  Psychosocial Treatments  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  PTSD  PTSD Treatment  Survivors  Stress Management  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


242. Rosen, G. M. (1999, January-April). Treatment fidelity and research on eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13(1-2), 173-184. doi:10.1016/S0887-6185(98)00046-2.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing was introduced by Frances Shapiro (1989) as a treatment for PTSD. When controlled studies failed to support the extraordinarily positive findings and claims made by Shapiro, proponents of EMDR raised the issue of treatment fidelity and criticized researchers for being inadequately trained. This paper considers the issues raised by EMDR proponents. It is concluded that treatment fidelity has been used as a specious, distracting issue that permits the continued promotion of EMDR in the face of negative empirical findings. Clinical psychologists are urged to remember the basic tenets of science when evaluating extraordinary claims made for novel techniques. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Methodology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


243. Goldstein, A. (1995, Fall). Treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia: Going beyond the barrier. In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice, 1(3), 83-98.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Proposes that the combination of network theory (NT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) offer the opportunity to understand better the barriers to recovery and provides a methodology for breaking through panic disorder with agoraphobia (PDA). The author states that the current approach to augmenting the efficacy of treatment for PDA has been to add more components to basic exposure treatment. However, at best, these additions will yield only small increments in treatment effectiveness because they do not address important stumbling blocks to the progress of treatment. NT, EMDR and the need for such methodologies in the treatment of PDA are discussed. The author presents the case of a 31-yr-old woman with severe PDA attributable to her experiencing of a number of stressors (birth of first child and the dissolving of her parent's marriage, for which her mother blamed her) in close proximity to each other. The combination of NT and EMDR led to the successful treatment of the patient. The author concludes that recasting the theoretical base into an associative network model and utilizing EMDR along with established interventions to alter networks, has opened the door for more effective treatment of PDA. (PsycINFO, APA)

Keywords: Agoraphobia  Clinical Case Study  Empirical Study Panic Disorder  Theories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


244. Solomon, R. M. (2002). Treatment of violated assumptive worlds with EMDR. In J. Kauffman (Ed.), Loss of the assumptive world: A theory of traumatic loss (pp. 117-126). New York: Brunner-Routledge.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The author presents a description of the treatment methodology called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), which facilitates the adaptive integration of traumatic information. EMDR is theoretically based upon the information-processing model called accelerated information processing. This chapter articulates the information-processing model of healing from traumatic loss. In traumatic loss there is an inability to integrate the traumatic information into one's assumptive world. Unprocessed traumatic information may result in intense feelings of vulnerability, helplessness, and low self-worth and efficacy. At the end of this chapter the author introduces the concept of expansion of basic world assumptions as a normative outcome of processing the traumatic situation. Expanded basic world assumptions involve a deeper awareness of vulnerability. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Bereavement  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


245. Snyker, E. (2000, September). Understanding and controlling post EMDR individual session negative responses. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to identify the range of reactions post an individual EMDR session, as well as predict how long (hours, days) the reaction may last; 2) be able to identify the emergence of negative reactions to an individual session; 3) have a basic understanding of the mechanism of action underlying positive/negative reactions; and 4) be able to develop strategies for incomplete sessions for those clients who repeatedly have negative reactions and for whom traditonal closings (safe place, RI., relax) do not work.

Keywords: Incomplete Sessions  Negative Reactions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


246. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2010, June). Understanding dissociative language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In order to get a complete and comprehensive case conceptualization in Phase 1 of the EMDR protocol, it is important to explore dissociative symptomatology. But the cinicai picture of dissociation may be difficult to identify for inexperienced clinicians; some symptoms can be difficult to observe even for experienced therapist who haven't seen severe cases. in consultation we often find therapist who bring a 'complex case' for supervision and quite frequently this 'complexity' has to do with dissociation. Our goal with this presentation is to show the many different ways dissociation can be manifested during EMDR sessions. Another goal is to give practical examples of interventions with dissociative patients during EMDR processing. Many examples of subtle manifestations (what we call 'dissociative language') will be illustrated with video cases. Severely traumatized people don't communicate in a direct and clear way, they have their 'own language' and in order to understand the patient's inner world, we need to understand the silences, the somatic symptoms the subtle (and not so subtle) intrusions; all of these are frequent symptoms that the patient can't detect, understand or disclose to us (not directly). It is widely known that EMDR clinicians must be careful when dealing with dissociative patients; techniques that can be used during the stabilization phase have been developed for the treatment of dissociative disorders (Knipe, Forgash .......). These techniques are complementary to the basic protocols and are very useful but the problem arises when therapists are not able to identify and/or understand what we call the 'dissociative language'. We must keep in mind that most dissociative patients have grown in an early environment where their needs were not taken into account. Many never had the possibility to express their feelings openly. For this, it is important to focus and under^ stand the indirect, complex and ambivalent communication of these people especially during an EMDR session. The approach to these difficulties is not only a question of protocol modifications. but a complex learning from the therapist of the 'dissociative language'. Several examples from videos of therapy sessions and case descriptions will be presented.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


247. Barbieri, J. L. (2008, April). The URGES approach: Urge reduction by growing ego strength (URGES) for trauma/addiction treatment using alternate bilateral stimulation, hypnotherapy, ego state therapy and energy psychology. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 15(2), 116-138. doi:10.1080/10720160802035584.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The URGES approach is a theory and protocol to treat trauma and addiction simultaneously. It combines hypnotherapy, ego state work, alternate bilateral stimulation, and energy psychology.It was developed to meet the need to address trauma without disturbing mainstream addiction treatment. Based on the premise that trauma and addiction are co-relational, this method uses ego state images including an Addict ego state that hypothetically reflect brain chemistry dynamics and changes.URGES is a combination method that incorporates basic concepts from hypnotherapy, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, ego state therapy and several energy psychology techniques.Orchestrated ego state conflicts hypothetically exercise the brain.Ego state patterns are emerging from URGES that indicate a degree of predictability in assessing patient's internal response to treatment.The main focus of this approach is using the addictive urge to locate and process underlying trauma.

Keywords: Addiction  Bilateral Stimulation  BLS  Ego State Therapy  Energy Psychology  Hynotherapy  Trauma  Treatment  URGES Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


248. Weisel, L. & Dixon, M. (1996, June). Use of EMDR to enhance learning with adults who have learning disabilities:  Establishing a research protocol for EMDR with basic skill/literacy programs with adults suffering from traumatic educational experiences. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Learning Disabilities  Research Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


249. Went, M., & Struik, A. L. (2010, June). The use of EMDR with infants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Often it is said that traumatization in the preverbal period cannot be treated. Doctors, psychologists, police officers tell parents to wait until the child is older, so it can talk about it. In this presentation we will demonstrate the contrary. That EMDR is a very useful method for processing preverbal traumatic memories in infants. We will start by explaining how to structure the EMDR sessions, illustrated by videotapes of boy (nearly three) and his parents who was traumatized by medical treatments starting in the first months of his life. We will explain how to access and activate the traumatic memories, how to help the child during desensitization by timing and dosing stimuli, and how to determine whether the traumatic memory is completely processed. Then we will illustrate the devastating consequences on the development of an infant of preverbal traumatization. These consequences usually are underestimated by parents, pediatricians and even psychologist. As these children get older, their development is more and more disturbed and they behave like children with ADHD of Autistic disorders, and sometimes even get diagnosed. After EMDR these infants start to recover and grow rapidly in emotional en social development and the use of play. Their oppositional behavior changes in daily life activities as changing a diaper, brushing teeth, going to bed and changing clothes. They become less resistant. Parents see that the presumed characteristics of their child change and looking back they recognize those as symptoms of traumatization. This is even clearer with children who are traumatized by medical treatment. They are usually referred to EMDR therapist because of their resistant behavior in the hospital which makes medical treatment impossible. The urgent requirement of medical care is often the main reason for staking treatment. The realization of the impact of the medical treatment on their child is very painful for the parents. Nowadays parents are often asked to assist during these treatments and they feel as perpetrators. If necessary we also offer parents EMDR. New and unique: The use of EMDR in infants is quite unique because it requires knowledge of infant psychiatry and traumatization and EMDR It is a very complicated but rewarding treatment. The aspect of traumatization and the use of EMDR in medical treatment is very underestimated The material in this workshop is new and unique for the use of EMDR in these children. Learning objectives: - Participant will learn the basic tenants of the assessment of preverbal traumatization. - Participant will learn the basic tenants of the assessment of preverbal medical traumatization, which is very much underestimated. - Participant will learn how to access and activate the traumatic memories in infants and how to help the child during desensitization by timing and dosing stimuli. -Participant will learn how to determine whether the traumatic memory is completely processed in these infants.

Keywords: Infants  Preverbal Medical Traumatization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


250. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2000, September). The use of ‘exposure’ in EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(4), 4-8.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract: An important feature of PTSD is that it is not very likely that the same traumatic event will happen again. For example, if a client has been raped and succesfully been treated with EMDR, generally not many clinicians will feel the urge to prepare the client for a next rape. Conversely, in a number of cases (for instance phobic conditions) the client does have to anticipate future situations in which the former phobic stimuli are present; and where he will have to interact with these. As a result of the application of the EMDR basic protocol, the likelihood or severity of the initial threat may have been reappraised, and the incident that initially felt traumatic may have been reattributed to an innocuous event. However, if a dental phobic has been successfully treated for his phobia, it is likely that he will still have to undergo invasive dental work, such as injections, root canal treatments or extractions. This has implications for treatment. Therefore, with specific phobias, after any successful reprocessing of anxiety related material occurs, it is of paramount importance that the client be properly prepared for future confrontations with the anxiety provoking objects and situations.

Keywords: Exposure  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


251. Ross, C., & Rouanzoin, C. (2012, October). Uses of EMDR in complex dissociative disorders. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be used in the treatment of complex dissociative disorders. Both presenters have been treating dissociative disorders for decades and one is an approved EMDR trainer. This workshop will not include instruction on specific techniques: these can be learned from approved EMDR trainings which require six full days of workshop teaching, assigned readings, and 10 hours of supervision. Instead, the presenters will explain how EMDR is based on a trauma-dissociation model and is therefore highly suited to the treatment of complex dissociative disorders including DID. A brief description of EMDR will be provided, including its 8 phases, of which only one involves eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR is consistent with three-stage models of trauma therapy: the eye movements are used in stage two, the active working phase of therapy. In EMDR this is called Phase 4. The work in trauma stage one (EMDR phases 1-3), in patients with DID or DDNOS, involves grounding, stabilization, system mapping, building co-consciousness, orientation of parts to the body and the present, and other elements from the dissociative disorders literature. The bilateral stimulation phase of EMDR should not be used until this phase one work is complete, or at least well underway. The presenters will then go on to provide case examples of how EMDR can be used in the psychotherapy of DID, DDNOS and the complex comorbidity that usually accompanies both.
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe how EMDR can be used in complex dissociative disorders. Participants will be able to describe how EMDR is based on a trauma-dissociation model of mental disorders and addictions. Participants will be able to describe the basic feaures of EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


252. Kiessling, R. (2000, September). Using a conference room of resources to process part, present, and future issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) learn the basic protocol for developing and installing a "conference room team" of resources; 2) learn how to negotiate cooperation and compromise between established strengths; 3) learn how to utilize this team of resources for managing present and future stress; 4) learn how to strengthen existing and add additional resources through re-evaluation and re-scripting; and 5) learn how to access the solidified resource team in reprocessing past overwhelming traumatic memories.

Keywords: Conference Room  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


253. Yoder, P. (2002, June). Using energy psychology techniques with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a proven tretment for many disorders including emotional distress and trauma. At times, however, the level of distress can be so severe that the use of EMDR can be difficult or impossible to use without flooding the client with overwhelming and debilitating emotions. The incorporation of Energy Psychology techniques into the standard protocol for EMDR can contain and reduce the level of distress to allow for successful treatment with EMDR. This workshop will introduce participants to the basic theory of Energy Psychology and teach several techniques to reduce overwhelming affect and to relax and center the client.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


254. Cohen-Posey, K. (2000, September). Using the Draw-A-Person test to introduce EMDR protocols with personality disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) identify character traits from person drawings using a two-page handout; 2) identify three basic clusters in which dysfunctional personality traits fall; and 3) describe and demonstrate how to use drawing interpretations to reduce client resistance to owning certain character traits through the use of "therapeutic triangle;" 4) identify NCs and PCs for each DSM IV personality disorder and relate them to character traits expressed in drawings; and 5) demonstrate the setup of the EMDR protocol from character traits identified in drawings and related NCs through role-play in triads.

Keywords: Draw-A-Person Test  Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


255. Solomon, R. M. (1999, September). Utilization of EMDR in crisis intervention. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(3), 11, 13-14, 31-33.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
A crisis or traumatic situation occurs when a person is involved in a situation that results in an overwhelming sense of vulnerability and/or lack of control (Solomon, 1995). These situations can shatter basic assumptions about how the world works, interfering with the victim’s ability to assimilate and accommodate the event (Janoff-Bulman, 1992). Three major themes that commonly need to be addressed by victims of critical incidents are 1) responsibility for the event, 2) personal vulnerability and lack of safety, and 3) issues of control and self-efficacy (Shapiro, 1995).

Keywords: Crisis Intervention  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


256. Solomon, R. (2004, June). Utilization of EMDR with grief and mourning. In single trauma and grief. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a treatment methodology that can be useful in the mourning process. Utilizing Theresa Rando’s framework, a protocol will be presented describing how EMDR can be applied through the mourning process. REMDR does not shorten the phases of assimilation and accommodation of the loss, but processes the factors that can complicate the mourning. EMDR can help the mourner deal with the following mourning processes: 1) Recognizing the loss 2) React to the separation 3) Recollect and re-experience the deceased and the relationship 4) Relinquish the old (external) attachments to the deceased and the old assumptive world 5) Readjust to move adaptively into the new world without forgetting the old 6) Reinvest. EMDR seems to facilitate the formation of an adaptive inner representation. We do not lose attachments to loved ones that die, they are transformed. We move from living in presence to living in absence. Memories of the deceased often emerge during EMDR treatment. It is the emergence of memories of the deceased that let us know and acknowledge the meaning of the relationship, the person’s role in our lives and identity. And enable us to carry the basic security of having loved and been loved into the future. We can go forward in a world without the deceased, because we have an adaptive inner representation to take with us.

Keywords: Grief  Mourning  Single Trauma  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


257. Forgash, C. A. (1997, July). Utilizing EMDR consultation in a concurrent treatment model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Psychotherapy treatment with sexual abuse survivors is often lengthy and complex. For therapists and patients alike, intrusive and dissociative aspects of Post Traumatic Stress symptoms in combination with self injurious behavior, mood disorders and current problems produce a variety of treatment difficulties. These range from dealing with destabilization, dissociative episodes and crisis intervention to more typical treatment impasses and resistances. These difficulties and resistances to theraputic work may involve a range of fears of exposure, violating early taboos against "telling", sequelae to revelations, and overwhelming shame and concern about rejection by the therapist. Other patient concerns are of being flooded by feelings and memories; or of dissociating in such a way as to remain "lost" to themselves. Stuck, immobilized and frozen in this state. the patient may have a sense of "pseudosafety" in the familiarity of these feelings. At the same time, as the symptoms persist with small or no reduction in levels of distress, patients may experience high levels of frustration. increased feelings of defeat, depression and anxiety. Loss of motivation and belief in the efficacy of therapy often follows. At such times, the therapist may wish to consider EMDR as an adjunctive course of treatment to resolve problems such as the above.

Keywords: Concurrent Treatment Model  Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


258. Lovell, C., & Langford, K. (2003, September). Utilizing EMDR techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Group therapy is recognized by clinicians as an effective method for treating victims of trauma and abuse. The presenters of this interactive workshop began their work with groups seven years ago using the basic format of Marcia Linehan. They have completed twelve of these groups. Each year they evaluate the processes, adding theories and techniques to increase its effectiveness. The theories of Colin Ross, John Bradshaw, David Burns, and others combine to create a 32 week format, divided into four modules. EMDR techniques are used with, the group to increase the speed and effectiveness of symptom reduction. The uniqueness of this presentation centers around the fact that EMDR is used within the group setting to enhance a program that is already working well to facilitate lmproved life skills in trauma and abuse victims.

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Trauma Recovery Groups  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


259. Seponski, D. M., Bermudez, J. M., & Lewis, D. C. (2010, July). Utilizing responsive evaluation to explore EMDR as a culturally responsive model of therapy across Asia. Poster presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traditional therapy models often reflect Western values and norms and may be inappropriate for use with many non-Western cultures. Worldwide, therapists are beginning to examine how they can make these models culturally sensitive to minorities, immigrants, and non-Western clients; however, it is time to go beyond “being aware,” understanding and appreciating differences, and adapting individual interventions to actively responding to the needs of their clients by using models that have theoretical underpinnings, underlying assumptions, and basic tenets that are consistent with those of non-Western clients (Carlson, 1999) and promote social justice for those clients, their families, and the surrounding communities. This paper suggests the use of responsive evaluation to explore Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) as a culturally responsive therapy. Responsive evaluation can be used to consider each unique client and therapist context, culture, power, needs, and beliefs, and family and individual needs in determining a culturally responsive model of therapy. In this presentation, we provide therapists and scholars a model for offering culturally responsive EMDR therapy and research using responsive evaluation as a framework. An in-depth description of responsive evaluation will be provided, and explanations and examples of how it is consistent with the goals and theories underlying culturally responsive therapy will be given. Finally, concrete suggestions of how EMDR clinicians and scholars can apply this methodology will be provided. As the EMDR continues to be taught and used across Asia, it is crucial that we continue to observe and respond to the needs of clients throughout Asia.

Keywords: Asia  Responsive Evaluation  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


260. Bender, S. S. (2006, September). Wash your hands:  Healthy and practical EMDR practices. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on insider tips for healthy and practical EMDR practice issues. An effective strategy for introducing EMDR therapy and how to make it part of your initial patient interview will be described from the nitty-gritty aspect of dealing with sanitizing your equipment whether using your hands or plastic sensors to an assortment of useful forms. Three forms will be distributed and explained: Welcome to My Practice form, Tracking EMDR Session form, and Addendum to the Multimodal form. In addition, a means of "previewing" with your patient the safe place, the VOC and SUD scales and each of the questions in the assessment phase will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on the importance of each of these steps for de;eloping a sound therapeutic relationship and gleaning more information about the patient. Newcomers to EMDR will have an opportunity to get the answers to basic questions and the hands on materials that will increase their comfort and competence using and integrating EMDR into their practices.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


261. O'Malley, A. (2010, March). The watch wait and wonder. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


262. Calof, D., Maltz, W., Shapiro, F., & Young, W. (1995, June). What can we learn from the “false/delayed memory” controversy?. Evening symposium and town meeting conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with survivors of trauma and abuse can challenge or shatter therapists' basic beliefs about safety, goodness, and meaning, leaving one anxious, vulnerable, uncertain and prone to countertmnsference act-out. Through discussion and structured ewences that allow for individual pacing, participants in this experiential clinic will have an opportunity to identify, transform, and work through issues of the self of the therapist including countertransferences, parallel process, secondary traumatization, and the intense and sometime immobilizing existential crises that may result from this work. The leader will endeavor to create an enjoyable playful climate of mutual respect, trust, confidentiality and containment throughout the day. Educational objectives: A. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to break with injunctions, scripts and internalizations left over from the family of origin that have prohibited personal authority and experimentation. B. Through lecture/discussion and exercises, participants will explore countextramference issues, secondary PTSD, and common therapeutic impasses and the existential crises they evoke in the self of the therapist. C. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to assist in the resolution of on-going countertransference issues growing out of their current clinical practice. Bibliography: (1)Benedeck, E.P. (1984). The silent scream; Countertransference reactions to victims. American Journal of Social Psychiatry, IV, 3:49-52. (2)Camstock, C.M. (1991). Countertransference and the suicidal MPD patient. Dissociation, Vol. IV, No. 1;25-35

Keywords: False Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


263. Hummel, H., & Matthess, H. (2005, June). What to teach beside EMDR in trauma-centered psychotherapy. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The objective of this workshop is to encourage the participants to develop and carry out a comprehensive course for diagnostics and treatment of trauma-related disorders.
The trauma-curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig were created independently as training courses for psycho-traumatology. They are taken as examples to clarify basic ideas on how to organize curricular-structured seminars in the field of psycho-traumatology and trauma-therapy. The EMDR-trainings are very well established as basic for trauma confrontation therapy but "around EMDR" there is much more to teach that can only be learnt over a longer period of time.
The curricular structure as a means to teach the knowledge and skills improves the motivation of colleagues to attend the seminars. Consensus, cooperation, and mutual recognition between other institutes and international organizations in the field of psycho-traumatology committed to a general draft makes the acceptance even stronger.
There is consensus about the knowledge of anamnesis, diagnostics, treatment planning, stabilization techniques, and the working through of traumatic material. In both curricula more than one method for trauma confrontation is taught. The more tools and skills the therapist is able to use the easier it is to find the appropriate method for each client. So therapists can avoid what is meant by the proverb: "if you only have a hammer you will treat everything like a nail" (Maslow).
The first evaluation of the participants in both curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig will be presented including questions about relevance. satisfaction with structure and content as well as suggestions for improvement.

Keywords: Symposium  Teaching  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


264. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2000, September). Why and how to use ‘in vivo exposure’ in EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 18.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
An important feature of PTSD is that it is not very likely that the same traumatic event will ever happen again. Accordingly, if a client has been raped and succesfully been treated with EMDR, generally not many clinicians will feel the urge to prepare this client for a next rape. Conversely, in a number of cases (particularly phobic conditions) the client does have to anticipate future situations in which fear evoking stimuli are present; and where he will have to interact with these. For example, if a person who suffered from a dental phobia has been successfully treated for his phobia, it is likely that he will still have to undergo invasive dental work, such as injections, root canal treatments, or extractions. This has implications for treatment. As a result of the successful application of the EMDR basic protocol, the likelihood or severity of the initial threat may have been reappraised, and the incident that initially felt traumatic may have been reattributed to an innocuous event. Yet, it is possible that the client is still not completely convinced of her ability to cope, and therefore, avoids certain activities or situations. In that case, the client should be properly prepared for future encounters with the anxiety provoking objects and situations. One way to prepare the client for such confrontations, is the use of in vivo exposure.

Keywords: In Vivo Exposure  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


265. Schnyder, U. (2005, June). Why new psychotherapies for posttraumatic stress disorder?. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 74(4), 199-201. doi:10.1159/000085142.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The efficacy of psychotherapeutic and pharmacotherapeutic approaches in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) can be regarded as empirically demonstrated. Overall, effect sizes seem to be higher for psychotherapy as compared with medication. Psychotherapy for PTSD includes the following approaches: cognitive-behavioral therapy; eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR); psychodynamic therapy; and brief eclectic psychotherapy. Treatment for PTSD should not focus exclusively on specific symptoms such as flashbacks and avoidance, but on basic life changes and existential questions as well, since such issues are of relevance for patients who suffer from chronic PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Cognitive Behavior Therapy  Eclectic Psychotherapy  Editorial  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychodynamic Psychotherapy  Psychodynamic Therapy  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


266. Meusers, M. (2005, June). Work with a pupil collective involved in a traffic accident with the help of EMDR. In EMDR and children. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
On Tuesday. November llth 2004 in Gevelsberg, Germany a traffic accident happened with a truck and a school bus. A number of children were slightly injured. 17 pupils of a basic school were involved. A part of them were in need of acute ambulatory medical care in a hospital. In addition were some siblings, attending higher schools likewise casualties of the accident. At request of the "Opferschutzbeauftragten" and the school the Psychiatry for children and youngsters, Herdecke, Germany as hospital in responsibility at Monday, November 29th were asked to treat this incident with this 17 pupils of the school. Three co-worker8 of the Kinder- und Jugendpsychiatrie Herdecke, a policeman, the "Opferschutzbeauftragte" [commissioner for victim protection], a person from the bus company, the principal of the school and the 17 pupils were present. The methods were presented, involving EMDR in the collective. Installation of a safe location. Treatment of the actual accident event in the group as well as strategies for stabilisation of the pupils was represented in detail. Especially the persons present were entered into the legal, organisational and practical topics of the problem. Later a re-inquiry took place in the families, the result will be also presented at congress. On the occasion of this event a concept of proceeding in acute trauma was developed together with the "Opfenchutzbeauftrogten" of our region of providing. This will be presented as well, if finished until then, at congress.

Keywords: Children  Symposium  Traffic Accident  

Accuracy Verified: Yes